UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011
or
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to .
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 333-129179
NATIONAL MENTOR HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
31-1757086 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
313 Congress Street, 6th Floor
|
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts 02210 |
|
(617) 790-4800 |
(Address of principal executive offices,
|
|
(Registrants telephone number, |
including zip code)
|
|
including area code) |
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None.
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section
13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes o No þ
The Company is a voluntary filer of reports required of companies with public securities under
Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and has filed all reports which would
have been required of the Company during the past 12 months had it been subject to such provisions.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation
S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrants knowledge,
in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of
the registrant as of March 31, 2011, the last business day of the registrants most recently
completed second fiscal quarter, was zero.
As
of December 27, 2011, there were 100 shares of the registrants common stock, $0.01 par
value, issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the matters discussed in this report may constitute forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act).
These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and include
statements about our expectations for future periods with respect to demand for our services, the
political climate and budgetary environment, our expansion efforts and the impact of our recent
acquisitions, our plans for divestitures and investments in our infrastructure and business process
improvements, our margins and our liquidity. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terminology such as may, will, should, expect, plan, anticipate,
believe, estimate, predict, potential or continue, the negative of such terms or other
comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ
materially.
The information in this report is not a complete description of our business or the risks
associated with our business. There can be no assurance that other factors will not affect the
accuracy of these forward-looking statements or that our actual results will not differ materially
from the results anticipated in such forward-looking statements. While it is impossible to identify
all such factors, factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated
by us include, but are not limited to, those factors or conditions described under Part I. Item
1A. Risk Factors in this report as well as the following:
|
|
|
changes in Medicaid or other funding or changes in budgetary priorities by federal, state
and local governments; |
|
|
|
changes in reimbursement rates, policies or payment practices by our payors; |
|
|
|
our substantial amount of debt, our ability to meet our debt service obligations and our
ability to incur additional debt; |
|
|
|
an increase in the number and nature of pending legal proceedings and the outcomes of
those proceedings; |
|
|
|
failure to take advantage of organic growth opportunities; |
|
|
|
our ability to maintain, expand and renew existing services contracts and to obtain
additional contracts; |
|
|
|
our ability to acquire new licenses or to maintain our status as a licensed service
provider in certain jurisdictions; |
|
|
|
our ability to establish and maintain relationships with government agencies and advocacy
groups; |
|
|
|
an increase in our self-insured retentions and changes in the insurance market for
professional and general liability, workers compensation and automobile liability and our
claims history that affect our ability to obtain coverage at reasonable rates; |
|
|
|
our ability to control operating costs and collect accounts receivable; |
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel, including members of our senior
management team; |
|
|
|
increased or more effective competition; |
|
|
|
successful integration of acquired businesses; |
|
|
|
credit and financial market conditions; |
|
|
|
changes in interest rates; |
|
|
|
the potential for conflict between the interests of our majority equity holder and those
of our debt holders; and |
|
|
|
government regulations, changes in government regulations and our ability to comply with
such regulations. |
3
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.
Moreover, we do not assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking
statements. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on
our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the Risk Factors and other cautionary
statements included herein. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements
after the date of this report to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in our
expectations.
PART I
Company Overview
We are a leading provider of home and community-based health and human services to adults and
children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities (I/DD), acquired brain injury
(ABI) and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses, and to youth with emotional, behavioral
and/or medically complex challenges, or at-risk youth (ARY). Since our founding in 1980, we have
grown to provide services to approximately 22,000 clients in 33 states.
We design customized service plans to meet the unique needs of our clients, which we deliver
in home and community-based settings. Most of our service plans involve residential support,
typically in small group homes, host home settings or specialized community facilities, designed to
improve our clients quality of life and to promote client independence and participation in
community life. Other services offered include supported living, day and transitional programs,
vocational services, case management, family-based services, post-acute treatment and
neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral rehabilitation and physical, occupational and speech
therapies, among others. Our customized service plans offer our clients, as well as the payors for
these services, an attractive, cost-effective alternative to health and human services provided in
large, institutional settings.
We believe that our broad range of services, high-quality reputation and longstanding
relationships with a diverse group of payors have made us one of the largest providers of home and
community-based health and human services in the United States. We believe that our substantial
experience in the industry coupled with our ability to offer clinical resources and share best
practices across our organization has made us a preferred provider for many of our referral
sources. We derive approximately 90% of our revenue from a diverse group of state and local
government payors.
We offer our services through a variety of models, including (i) small group homes, most of
which are residences for six people or fewer, (ii) host homes, or the Mentor model, in which a
client lives in the home of a trained Mentor, (iii) in-home settings, in which we support clients
independence with 24-hour services in their own homes, (iv) small, specialized community facilities
which provide post-acute, specialized rehabilitation and comprehensive care for individuals who
have suffered ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses and (v)
non-residential settings, consisting primarily of day programs and periodic services in various
settings.
As of September 30, 2011, we provided our services through approximately 18,100 full-time
equivalent employees, as well as approximately 5,300 independently contracted host home caregivers,
or Mentors. We generated net revenue of $1,070.6 million, $1,011.5 million and $957.5 million
during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Description of Services by Segment
We have two reportable segments, Human Services and Post-Acute
Specialty Rehabilitation Services (SRS).
Human Services
We are a leading provider of home and community-based human services to the I/DD and ARY
populations. Our Human Services segment represented approximately 84% of our net revenue in fiscal
2011.
Delivery of services to adults and children with I/DD is the largest portion of our Human
Services segment. Our I/DD programs include residential support, day habilitation, vocational
services, case management and personal care. We provide services to these clients through small
group homes, Intermediate Care Facilities for the Mentally Retarded (ICFs-MR), host homes,
in-home settings
and non-residential settings. We operate approximately 840 group homes and 150 ICFs-MR.
As of September 30, 2011, we provided I/DD services to approximately 12,000 clients in 24
states. In fiscal 2011, our I/DD services generated net revenue of $682.7 million, representing 64%
of our net revenue. We receive substantially all our revenue for I/DD services from a diverse group
of state and local governmental payors.
4
Our Human Services segment also includes the delivery of ARY services. Our ARY programs
include therapeutic foster care, family reunification, family preservation, early intervention and
adoption services. Our individualized approach allows us to work with an ever-changing client
population that is diverse demographically as well as in type and severity of condition. We provide
services to these clients through host homes, group homes, educational settings, in their family
homes and in other non-residential settings. As of September 30, 2011, we provided ARY services to
approximately 9,000 children, adolescents and their families in 19 states. In fiscal 2011, our ARY
services generated net revenue of $212.4 million, representing 20% of our net revenue. We receive
substantially all our revenue for ARY services from a diverse group of state and local governmental
payors.
Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services
Our SRS segment delivers health care and community-based health and human services to
individuals who have suffered ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses.
Our services range from sub-acute healthcare for individuals with intensive medical needs to day
treatment programs, and include skilled nursing, neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral
rehabilitation, physical, occupational and speech therapies, supported living, outpatient
treatment, and pre-vocational services. Our goal is to provide a continuum of care that allows our
clients to achieve the highest level of function possible while enhancing their quality of life. We
provide services to these clients primarily through specialized community facilities, small group
homes, in-home and non-residential settings. As of September 30, 2011, our SRS operations provided
services in 20 states and served approximately 1,000 clients nationally. In fiscal 2011, our SRS
operations generated net revenue of $175.5 million, representing 16% of our net revenue. In fiscal
2011, we received 51% of our SRS revenue from non-public payors, such as commercial insurers,
workers compensation funds, managed care and other private payors and 49% from state and local
governmental payors.
For additional information on the Companys segments, please see note 18 to the consolidated
financial statements.
Industry Overview
The health and human services industry provides services to people with a range of
disabilities and special needs, including adults and children with I/DD, ABI and other catastrophic
injuries and illnesses, and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex
challenges. The market for these services remains highly fragmented, with service providers
consisting of not-for-profit organizations and for-profit entities of various sizes. The largest
portion of this client base is adults and children with I/DD. Services for these clients are funded
primarily through Medicaid, a joint federal and state health insurance program under which eligible
state expenditures are matched with federal funding. In addition, funds are also provided by other
federal, state and local governmental programs and, to a lesser extent, private payors.
Intellectual and/or Developmental Disabilities
Unless otherwise stated, all statistical information in this section has been obtained from
reports prepared by Dr. David Braddock. Dr. Braddock is Associate Vice President of the University
of Colorado (CU) System and Executive Director of the Coleman Institute for Cognitive Disabilities.
In 2010, approximately 1.6% of the U.S. population, or 4.9 million people, were considered to
have I/DD, a life-long disability attributable to a mental or physical impairment. These
individuals live in supervised residential settings, including institutions, with family caregivers
or on their own. The number of persons with I/DD who received residential services outside of their
family homes increased from 440,000 in 2000 to an estimated 607,000 in 2010, and the utilization of
residential services is projected to increase during the next decade, in part due to the fact that
caregivers for individuals with I/DD are growing older. In addition, the utilization of residential
services is expected to increase as the life expectancy of individuals with I/DD increases. The
average life expectancy has increased from 59 years in the 1970s to 66 years in the 1990s and we
expect this trend to continue with continued improvement in medical care. As of 2006, approximately
60% of the I/DD population, or approximately 2.8 million individuals, remained in the care of their
families, with 25% of such individuals in care of a person or persons over 60 years of age.
5
Over the past two decades, the delivery of services to the I/DD population in supervised
residential settings has grown significantly and, at the same time, there has been a major shift
from institutional settings to home and community-based settings, both in part due
to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the U.S. Supreme Court Olmstead decision in
1999. The U.S. Supreme Court held in its Olmstead decision that under the ADA, states are required
to place persons with intellectual disabilities in community settings rather than in institutions
when such placement is deemed appropriate by medical professionals, the affected individual does
not oppose the transfer from institutional care to a less restrictive setting and the placement can
be accommodated taking into account the resources available to the state and the needs of other
individuals with intellectual disabilities. We believe that community settings provide a higher
quality and, in most cases, lower-cost alternative to care provided in state institutions.
Public spending on I/DD services grew from an estimated $25.7 billion in 1998 to an estimated
$53.0 billion in 2009, a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.8% per year. Of this,
approximately 80% was spent to provide services in community settings of six or fewer beds, our
target market, and for other non-institutional services, including supported living and employment
and family assistance.
The Home and Community-Based Services (HCBS) Waiver program, a Medicaid program in which the
federal government has waived the requirement that services be delivered in institutional settings,
is the primary funding vehicle for home and community-based services. The HCBS Waiver program was
instituted as an alternative to the ICF-MR program, described below, and authorized federal
reimbursement for a wide variety of community supports and services, including supported living,
life-skills training, supported employment, case management, respite care and other family support.
In this program, the provider responds to the clients identified needs and typically is paid on a
fee-for-service basis. According to a research paper by Thomson Reuters, from 2004 to 2009, total
expenditures for HCBS for all disability groups increased from $21.8 billion to $33.5 billion, a
CAGR of 9.0%. In 2009, the HCBS Waiver program provided approximately $15.5 billion in federal
funding for approximately 572,000 people with I/DD.
The federal ICF-MR program was established in 1971 when legislation was enacted to provide for
federal financial participation for ICFs-MR as an optional Medicaid service. This congressional
authorization allows states to receive federal matching funds for institutional services that are
funded with state or local government dollars. To qualify for Medicaid reimbursement, ICFs-MR must
be certified and comply with federal standards in eight areas: management, client protections,
facility staffing, active treatment services, client behavior and facility practices, health care
services, physical environment and dietetic services. The ICF-MR program is used by states to
support I/DD housing programs in both smaller (up to 16 residents) and larger (16 residents or
more) institutional settings. Individuals who live in ICFs-MR receive active treatment. According
to the Research and Training Center on Community Living Institute on Community Integration/UCEDD at
the University of Minnesota, in 2009, the ICF-MR program provided approximately $12.6 billion in
total state and federal funding to 90,000 individuals living in public and private ICF-MR settings.
We believe that the following factors will continue to benefit the I/DD sector within the
human services industry, and in particular, providers of home and community-based programs:
|
|
|
Increasing Life Expectancy of the I/DD Population The life expectancy of individuals
with I/DD increased from 59 years in the 1970s to 66 years in the 1990s and we expect this
trend to continue with continued improvement in medical care. |
|
|
|
Aging Caregivers Approximately 2.9 million individuals with I/DD are cared for by a
family member, and 25% of their caregivers are age 60 or older. As the caregivers grow older
and are not able to provide continuous care, we expect the demand for I/DD services, and
home and community-based services in particular, to expand. |
|
|
|
Active Advocacy Individuals with I/DD are supported by active and well-organized
advocacy groups. Using legislation prompted by the Olmstead decision, as well as lawsuits
filed on behalf of those on waiting lists for home and community-based services, policy
makers, civil rights lawyers, social workers and advocacy groups are forcing states to offer
individuals with I/DD and other disabilities the option to live and receive services in home
and community-based settings. The U.S. Justice Department has significantly intensified
Olmstead enforcement actions over the past several years, most notably in a 2010 settlement
with the state of Georgia under which the state must fund residential waiver services within
the next five years for 1,150 people with I/DD who are currently living in state
institutions or are waiting for such services. According to the Research and Training Center
on Community Living Institute on Community Integration/UCEDD at the University of Minnesota,
in 2009, an estimated 123,000 individuals were on state waiting lists nationally to receive
residential services funded through the HCBS Waiver program. |
6
|
|
|
Continued Closure/Downsizing of State Institutions and Other Large, Congregate Care
Facilities Although most of the shift from institutions to home and community-based
settings has already occurred, the closure of additional state institutions is ongoing. From
1999 to 2009, the number of individuals receiving residential services in settings for six
and fewer residents grew by 76%, and in 2009, approximately 75% of individuals with I/DD,
who were receiving services under the HCBS Waiver
program, resided in settings for six or fewer residents. In 1967, there were approximately
195,000 individuals with I/DD living in large, state-run institutions and this number has
declined each year since then through 2009. In 2009, approximately 34,000 individuals 16 years
of age or older with I/DD were still living in large public institutions. State governments are
still actively working to close many of the remaining state institutions, with several
institutions identified for downsizing or closure in the coming years. We currently provide
I/DD services to individuals with I/DD in six of the ten states with the highest institutional
populations, including the states of California, Illinois and New Jersey, which are currently
downsizing their facilities. Also, as of 2009, more than 26,000 individuals with I/DD resided
in large private facilities and an additional 32,000 individuals with I/DD were cared for in
nursing homes. These settings are often not as well equipped to care for individuals with I/DD
and therefore represent an additional source of demand for services provided in home and
community-based settings. |
At-Risk Youth and Their Families
According to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, in federal fiscal year 2009,
approximately 3.3 million referrals were made to child protection authorities involving the alleged
maltreatment of approximately 6.0 million children. Approximately 763,000 of these children were
determined to be maltreated, with only approximately 60% of these children receiving
post-investigative services and support from child welfare systems. As a result of abuse or
neglect, approximately 255,000 children were removed from their families and placed in foster care
during federal fiscal year 2009. Approximately 424,000 children were in foster care in September
2009, the end of the federal fiscal year, with 48%, or approximately 205,500 children, placed in
non-relative foster family homes and 16% referred to institutions or group homes. The remainder
received in-home support services as the delivery of services to the ARY population has
increasingly emphasized periodic support services intended to strengthen families and keep children
from entering foster care.
State and federal child welfare reform initiatives are also promoting home and community-based
alternatives for the ARY population. More states are shifting funds from promoting large, public
and private group settings to encouraging more cost-effective, evidence-based care, such as
periodic services, smaller community group homes and family reunification and preservation
programs. For example, according to the Maryland Department of Human Resources, from 2007 to 2009
Maryland reduced the number of children in group homes by 43% by transitioning them to therapeutic
foster care or traditional foster care, or, in many instances, to their original homes, or the
homes of relatives, with the support of in-home periodic services. Similarly, in 2009 North
Carolina began a two-year plan to transition half of the children residing in large group homes to
therapeutic foster care, smaller group homes and other more appropriate settings.
ARY services are funded from a variety of sources, including Title IV-E of the Social Security
Act (Title IV-E), The Adoption Assistance and Child Welfare Act of 1980, Medicaid and other state
and local government appropriations. Title IV-E provides for an uncapped federal entitlement
program that supports states expenditures on foster care and adoption support. For states that
meet certain requirements, including Florida, Indiana and Ohio, the federal government permits the
allocation of Title IV-E funds for family preservation and other prevention services. As of 2006,
the most recent year for which data is available, according to a 2010 report by the Childrens
Defense Fund, government spending on child welfare programs totaled $25.7 billion, including $6.0
billion in federal payments to states for foster care and adoption assistance programs and nearly
$2.2 billion for prevention/early intervention and in-home support services for at-risk children
and children with disabilities and their families.
Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services
The SRS market includes community-based health and human services to individuals who have
suffered ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses. The largest portion of
our services is provided to individuals recovering from ABI.
The treatment of ABI is an important public health challenge in the United States. In the
coming years experts predict a significant unmet need for programmatic and residential options for
those who suffer from ABI. According to the Brain Injury Association of America, 5.3
million people in the U.S. are estimated to be living with a permanent disability as a result of an
ABI. In addition, an estimated 1.7 million new ABI cases in U.S. civilians occur each year, with
approximately 85,000 resulting in permanent disability. Traumatic brain injury is considered the
signature wound of soldiers fighting in Iraq and Afghanistan. The Government Accountability
Office estimates that 20% of these veterans experience a traumatic brain injury. According to the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the market for acute care/rehabilitation for
individuals with acquired brain injuries is estimated to be between $9.0 and $10.0 billion.
7
SRS services are an attractive alternative to higher-cost institutional care, and we believe
that both public and non-public payors are emphasizing lower-cost community-based residential,
outpatient and day treatment for effective and cost-efficient care for individuals
recovering from ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses. SRS
services are also sought out as a clinically appropriate and less expensive step-down for
individuals who no longer require care in acute care settings.
Both the public and non-public sectors currently finance post-acute specialty rehabilitation
services. Public funding for post-acute services for individuals with ABI are provided in some
states under ABI waiver programs that provide access to Medicaid funds for ABI care, and other
states utilize I/DD or global waivers to serve the same population. According to a research paper
by Thomson Reuters, in 2009, 21 states utilized ABI waivers with state and federal expenditures of
$475.0 million. From 2004 to 2009, the annual compound growth rate for these waiver expenditures
was 20.3%. In addition, significant advocacy efforts are advancing at the federal and state levels
to require insurers to pay for rehabilitative treatment for those who suffer a brain injury. Public
funding for services for individuals with spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and
illnesses is provided through specific Medicaid waivers for brain and spinal cord injuries, as well
as other generic Medicaid waivers and state-specific programs. Non-public payors for SRS services
include private insurance companies, workers compensation funds, managed care companies and
private individuals.
Our Business Strategy
We believe home and community-based health and human services that increase client
independence and participation in community life while reducing payor costs will continue to grow
in market share. We intend to continue to capitalize on this trend, both in existing markets and in
new markets where we believe significant opportunities exist. The primary aspects of our strategy
include the following:
Maintain and Improve Quality of Care and Continue to Strengthen our Third-Party Payor
Relationships. We focus on providing our clients and their families with an environment that
minimizes the stress and uncertainty associated with their condition while fostering community
integration and high quality living. We aim to enhance our clients overall quality of life by
providing a broad range of services, carefully trained, qualified and committed employees and
Mentors, and access to best practices from across our organization. We believe our focus on and
reputation for client service at both a local and national level has strengthened our relationship
with state and local government agencies that refer and pay for our services. As a result, our
relationships with these agencies have enabled us to gain contract referrals and renewals and to
cross-sell new services into existing markets. We further strengthen these relationships by
providing quality assurance, reporting, billing, compliance and risk management programs designed
to serve the needs of third-party payors. We seek to position ourselves as the provider of choice
to state and local governments and other third-party payors by finding solutions to their most
challenging human service delivery problems.
Grow our Census and Expand our Services in New and Existing Markets. We believe that our
future growth will depend on our ability to expand existing service contracts and to win new
contracts. Our organic expansion activities consist of new starts in both new and existing markets.
Our new starts typically require us to fund operating losses for a period of approximately 18 to 24
months. If a new start does not become profitable during such period, we may terminate it. During
fiscal 2011, operating losses on new starts for programs started within the previous 18 months were
$1.8 million.
We also cross-sell new services in existing markets. Depending on the nature of the program
and the state or local government involved, we will seek new programs through either unsolicited
proposals to government agencies or by responding to a request, generally known as a request for
proposal, from a public sector agency. We believe that our broad range of services, relationships
with third-party payors, reputation for quality care and national infrastructure give us the
ability to increase the number of clients we serve in a cost-effective manner. We have successfully
entered new service lines, including ABI, and new program areas, including family-based treatment
services and other periodic services. As we continue to strengthen existing services, we will use
our clinical skills, personnel and experience to provide new, related services.
Continue to Leverage Overhead and Reduce Costs. In recent years, we have launched a number of
initiatives to leverage our overhead and reduce costs, including purchasing initiatives to obtain
more favorable pricing for medical and office supplies, vehicles and technology, and establishing a
shared services center (the SSC) that now processes all of our cash disbursements. To further
leverage the efficiency of the SSC, we are continuing to centralize other accounting and human
resources administrative functions. In addition, we believe we can further exploit our scale and
reduce the cost of our organizational structure, particularly in our field administrative
functions, based on our work with external consultants during fiscal 2011 to optimize our structure
and realize some of these reductions in costs.
8
Continue to Expand in SRS Market and Further Diversify Payor Base. We believe the SRS market
represents an attractive opportunity for us because (i) the demand for these services is growing,
(ii) our SRS services typically generate a higher margin than our services in the Human Services
segment and (iii) the SRS market represents an opportunity for us to diversify our payor base
because approximately 51% of our SRS revenue in fiscal 2011 was derived from non-public
payors. In addition, the SRS market is highly fragmented and consists of many small providers,
which we believe represents an opportunity for us to continue to grow through acquisitions. In
recent years, our growth strategy has emphasized expanding our SRS segment through both organic
growth and acquisitions, and we have achieved significant growth in both revenue and profitability
and become a leading provider of these services. From fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2011, we increased our
SRS revenue by a CAGR of 26.9%.
Strategically Pursue Acquisitions. We have strategically supplemented our organic growth
through acquisitions, which have allowed us to penetrate new geographies, leverage our systems,
operating costs and best practices, and pursue cross-selling opportunities. The majority of our
acquisitions are small and of a tuck-in nature although we have completed larger acquisitions,
particularly in the SRS segment, from time to time. We monitor the market nationally for human
services businesses that we can purchase at an attractive price and efficiently integrate with our
existing operations. We have invested in our infrastructure and formalized processes to enable us
to pursue and integrate acquisition opportunities. We believe we are often seen as a preferred
acquiror in these situations due to our service offerings, experience, payor relationships,
infrastructure, reputation for quality and overall resources. We intend to continue to pursue
acquisitions that are philosophically compatible and can be readily integrated into our existing
operations. During fiscal 2011, we acquired seven companies complementary to our business for total
fair value consideration of $12.6 million. For
additional information on the acquisitions made during fiscal 2011, see Fiscal 2011
Acquisitions and note 5 to our consolidated financial statements.
Selectively Divest Underperforming or Non-Strategic Businesses. We regularly review and
consider the divestiture of underperforming or non-strategic businesses to improve our operating
results and better utilize our capital. We have made divestitures from time to time and expect that
we may make additional divestitures in the future. Divestitures could have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
Customers and Contracts
Our customers, which pay us to provide services to our clients, are governmental agencies,
not-for-profit organizations and non-public payors. Our I/DD and ARY services, as well as a
significant portion of our SRS services, are delivered pursuant to contracts with various
governmental agencies, such as departments of developmental disabilities, juvenile justice and
child welfare. Such contracts may be issued at the county or state level, depending upon the
structure of the service system of the state in question. In addition, a majority of our SRS
revenue is derived from contracts with commercial insurers, workers compensation carriers and
other non-public payors. Contracts may cover a range of individuals such as all children referred
for host home services in a county or a particular set of individuals who will share group living
arrangements. Contracts are sometimes issued for specific individuals, where rates are individually
determined based on need. Although our contracts generally have a stated term of one year and
generally may be terminated without cause on 60 days notice, the contracts are typically renewed
annually if we have complied with licensing, certification, program standards and other regulatory
requirements. As a provider of record, we contractually obligate ourselves to adhere to the
applicable federal and state regulations regarding the provision of services, the maintenance of
records and submission of claims for reimbursement under Medicaid.
During fiscal 2011 and 2010, revenue from our contracts with state and local governmental
payors in the states of Minnesota, California, Florida, West Virginia and Indiana, our five largest
revenue-generating states, comprised 46% of our net revenue. Revenue from our contracts with state
and local governmental payors in the state of Minnesota, our largest state, accounted for 15% and
16% of our net revenue for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Training and Supporting our Direct Service Professionals
We provide pre-service and in-service education to all of our direct service professionals,
including employees and independent contractors, clinical and administrative staff, and we
encourage staff and contractors to avail themselves of outside training opportunities whenever
possible. Employees and independent contractors participate in orientation programs designed to
increase understanding of our mission, philosophy of care, and our Code of Conduct and compliance
program. In addition, education and skill development in competencies required for specific duties
are provided in accordance with licensing and regulatory requirements and our internal operating
standards. These include, but are not limited to, human rights, individual service plan
development, universal precautions, first aid, mandated reporting of abuse and neglect,
confidentiality, emergency procedures, medication management, risk management and incident
reporting procedures. We maintain an extensive resource library of training materials and an
intranet site that facilitates the identification and exchange of expertise across all of our
operations. Pre-service and in-service education sessions are required as a condition of continued
employment or a continued contractual relationship with us. This training helps our staff to
understand their responsibilities to the program and its participants, and results in both
personal and professional development of staff and contractors. We work to increase individual job
satisfaction and retention of motivated and qualified employees and contractors.
9
In addition to pre-service and in-service orientation, the Mentors in our ARY business receive
training which is specific to the individual or child placed in their home. A home study is
conducted and interviews and criminal background checks are performed on all adult members of the
Mentor household. Mentors are regularly monitored by our case manager or coordinator according to a
prescribed schedule. Mentors have access to emergency telephone triage and on-site crisis
intervention, when necessary. Many Mentors attend support groups offered at the program office.
Sales/Business Development and Marketing
We receive substantially all of our I/DD and ARY clients through third-party referrals, most
frequently through recommendations to family members from state or local agencies. Since our
operations depend heavily on these referrals, we seek to ensure that we provide high-quality
services in all states in which we operate, allowing us to enhance our name recognition and
maintain a positive reputation with the state and local agencies.
Relationships with referral sources are cultivated and maintained at the local level by key
operations managers. Local programs may, however, avail themselves of corporate resources to help
grow and diversify their businesses. Staff across the country has business development and
marketing services available to promote both new and existing product lines.
Our marketing group works with operations to drive the growth of programs and services across
the country and to divest underperforming or non-strategic businesses. The marketing group has implemented a
request for proposal response program designed to expand core growth and promote new program
starts and cross sell opportunities. It also conducts research on entry into new markets and the
competitive landscape. Our marketing group is led by an executive
officer. In addition, we have three
dedicated mergers and acquisition professionals who identify, prioritize and implement the best
acquisition growth opportunities. All of these activities are separated into three pipelines: new
program starts (programs in new markets or new programs in existing markets in each case requiring
an investment to fund operating losses); proposals (responses to requests-for-proposal); and
acquisitions.
Our SRS sales activities are independently organized. We have dedicated geographically
assigned sales staff cultivating relationships with public and private payors and conducting our
marketing and sales activities.
Competition
I/DD
The I/DD market is highly fragmented, with both not-for-profit and for-profit providers
ranging in size from small, local agencies to large, national organizations. While state and local
governments continue to supply a small percentage of services, the majority of services are
provided by the private sector. Not-for-profit organizations are also active in all states and
range from small agencies serving a limited area with specific programs to multi-state
organizations. Many of the not-for-profit companies are affiliated with advocacy and sponsoring
groups such as community mental health and mental retardation centers as well as religious
organizations.
ARY
Competition in the at-risk youth and troubled youth market is extremely fragmented, with
several thousand providers in the United States. Competitors include both for-profit and
not-for-profit local providers serving one particular geographic area to multi-state ARY providers,
and to very limited extent, state and country providers.
SRS
We compete with local providers, both large and small, including hospitals, post-acute
rehabilitation facilities, residential community-based facilities, day treatment centers and
outpatient centers specializing in long-term catastrophic care and short-term rehabilitation. This
market also includes several large national chains that provide inpatient and outpatient
rehabilitation services.
10
Regulatory Framework
We must comply with comprehensive government regulation of our business, including federal,
state and local statutes, regulations and policies governing the licensing of facilities, the
quality of service, the revenues received for services, and reimbursement for the cost of services.
State and federal regulatory agencies have broad discretionary powers over the administration and
enforcement of laws and regulations that govern our operations.
The following regulatory considerations are paramount to our operations:
Funding. Federal and state funding for our services is subject to statutory and regulatory
changes, contracting and managed care initiatives, level of care assessments, court orders, rate
setting and state budgetary considerations, all of which may materially increase or decrease
reimbursement for our services. We actively participate in local and national legislative
initiatives that seek to impact funding and regulation of our services. We derive revenues for our
I/DD and ARY services, and a significant portion of our SRS services from Medicaid programs.
Licensure and qualification to deliver service. We are required to comply with extensive
licensing and regulatory requirements applicable to the services we deliver. These include
requirements for participation in the Medicaid program, state and local contractual obligations,
and requirements relating to individual rights, the credentialing of all of our employees and
contract Mentors (including background and Office of Inspector General checks), the quality of care
delivered, the physical plant and facilitation of community participation. Compliance with state
licensing requirements is a prerequisite for participation in government-sponsored health care
assistance programs, such as Medicaid. To qualify for reimbursement under Medicaid, facilities and
programs are subject to various requirements imposed by federal and state authorities. We maintain
a licensing database that tracks activity on licenses governing the provision of services.
In addition to Medicaid participation requirements, our facilities and services are subject to
annual or semi-annual licensing and other regulatory requirements of state and local authorities.
These requirements relate to the condition of the facilities, the quality and adequacy of personnel
and the quality of services provided. State licensing and other regulatory requirements vary by
jurisdiction and are subject to change and local interpretation.
From time to time we receive notices from regulatory inspectors that, in their opinion, there
are deficiencies resulting from a failure to comply with various regulatory requirements. We review
such notices and take corrective action as appropriate. In most cases we and the reviewing agency
agree upon the steps to be taken to address the deficiency and, from time to time, we or one or
more of our subsidiaries may enter into agreements with regulatory agencies requiring us to take
certain corrective action in order to maintain our licenses. Serious deficiencies, or failure to
comply with any regulatory agreements, may result in the assessment of fines or penalties and/or
decertification or de-licensure actions by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS)
or state regulatory agencies.
We deliver services and support under a number of different funding and program provisions.
Our most significant source of funding for our I/DD services are HCBS Waiver programs, Medicaid
programs for which eligibility is based on a set of criteria (typically disability or age)
established by the state and approved by the federal government. There is no uniformity among
states and/or regulations governing our delivery of waivered services to individuals. Each state
where we deliver services operates under a plan submitted by the state to CMS to use Medicaid funds
in non-institutional settings. Typically the state writes its own regulations governing providers
and services provided under the state waiver program. Consequently, there is no uniform method of
describing or predicting the outcomes of regulations across states where we deliver HCBS Waiver
services. In addition, our ICFs-MR are governed by federal regulations, and may also be subject to
individual state rules that vary widely in application and content. Federal regulations require
that in order to maintain Medicaid certification as an ICF-MR, the facility is subject to annual on
site survey (a federal rule and process implemented by state agencies). Failure to successfully
pass this inspection and remedy all defects or conditions cited may result in a finding of
immediate jeopardy or other serious sanction and, ultimately, may cause a loss of both
certification and funding for that particular facility.
Similarly, child foster care and other childrens services are largely governed by individual
state regulations which vary both in terms and regulatory content. Failure to comply with any
states regulations requires remedial action on our part and a failure to adequately remedy the
problem may result in provider or contract termination.
All states in which we operate have adopted laws or regulations which generally require that a
state agency approve us as a provider, and many require a determination that a need exists prior to
the addition of covered individuals or services. Provider licenses
are not transferable. Consequently, should we intend to acquire, develop, expand or divest
services in any state or to enter a new state, we may be required to undergo a rigorous licensing,
transfer and approval process prior to conducting business or completing any transaction.
11
Similarly, some states have a formal Certificate of Need (CON) process, whereby the state
health care authority must first determine that a service proposed is needed under the state health
plan, prior to any service being licensed or applied for. The CON process varies by state and may
be formal in design, encompassing any transfer, organizational change, capital improvements,
divestitures or acquisitions. Formal processes may include public notice, opportunity for affected
parties to request a hearing prior to the health care authority approving the project, as well as
an opportunity for the state authority to deny the project. Other states have a less formal process
for CON application and approval and may be limited to new or institutional projects. Very few
states require CON approval for waivered services. Failure to comply with a state CON process may
result in a prohibition on Medicaid billing and may subject the provider to fines, penalties, other
civil sanctions or criminal penalties for the operators or owners of an unapproved health service.
Other regulatory matters. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or
HIPAA, set national standards for the protection of health information created, maintained or
transmitted by health providers. Under the law and regulations known collectively as the privacy
and security rules, covered entities must implement standards to protect and guard against the
misuse of individually identifiable health information.
Federal regulations issued pursuant to HIPAA contain, among other measures, provisions that
require organizations to implement significant and expensive computer systems, employee
training programs and business procedures. Rules have been established to protect the integrity,
security and distribution of electronic health and related financial information. Many states have
also implemented extensive data privacy and security laws and regulations. Failure to timely
implement or comply with HIPAA or other data privacy and security regulations may, under certain
circumstances, trigger the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
The federal False Claims Act imposes civil liability on individuals and entities that submit
or cause to be submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of
the False Claims Act may include treble damages and penalties of up to $11,000 per false or
fraudulent claim.
In addition to actions being brought by government officials under the False Claims Act, this
statute and analogous state laws also allow a private individual with direct knowledge of fraud to
bring a whistleblower, or qui tam suit on behalf of the government for violations. The
whistleblower receives a statutory amount of up to 30% of the recovered amount from the
governments litigation proceeds if the litigation is successful or if the case is successfully
settled. Recently, the number of whistleblower suits brought against healthcare providers has
increased dramatically, and has included suits based (among other things) upon alleged violations
of the Federal Anti-Kickback Law.
The Anti-Kickback Law prohibits kickbacks, rebates and any other form of remuneration in
return for referrals. Any remuneration, direct or indirect, offered, paid, solicited or received,
in return for referrals of patients or business for which payment may be made in whole or in part
under Medicaid, could be considered a violation of law. The language of the Anti-Kickback law also
prohibits payments made to anyone to induce them to recommend purchasing, leasing, or ordering any
goods, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicaid.
Criminal penalties under the Anti-Kickback Law include fines up to $25,000, imprisonment for up to
5 years, or both. In addition, acts constituting a violation of the Anti-Kickback Law may also lead
to civil penalties, such as fines, assessments and exclusion from participation in the Medicaid
program.
Additionally we must comply with local zoning and licensing ordinances and requirements. The
Federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 protects the interests of the individuals we serve,
prohibits local discriminatory ordinance practices and provides additional opportunities and
accommodations for people with disabilities to live in their community of choice.
Federal regulations promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
require us to have safety plans for blood borne pathogens and other work place risks. At any point
in time OSHA investigators may receive a complaint which requires on-site inspection and/or audit,
the outcome of which may adversely affect our operations.
Periodically, new statutes and regulations are written and adopted that directly affect our
business. It is often difficult to predict the impact a new regulation will have on our operations
until we have taken steps to implement its requirements. For example, the recently enacted Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act provided a mandate for more vigorous and widespread
enforcement and directed state Medicaid agencies to establish Recovery Audit Contractor (RAC)
programs. RACs are private
entities which will perform audits on a contingency fee basis, giving them an incentive to identify
discrepancies in payments, from which they may be permitted to extrapolate disproportionately large penalties
and fines. States must be in compliance by January 1, 2012 unless they are granted an extension.
This remains a fairly new federal initiative and the ultimate impact remains unclear. Only the
passage of time and our experience with enforcement and compliance will permit our assessment of
the exact impact the new statute and regulations have on our business.
12
Conviction of abusive or fraudulent behavior with respect to one facility or program may
subject other facilities and programs under common control or ownership to disqualification from
participation in the Medicaid program. Executive Order 12549 prohibits any corporation or facility
from participating in federal contracts if it or its principals (included but not limited to
officers, directors, owners and key employees) have been debarred, suspended or declared
ineligible or have been voluntarily excluded from participating in federal contracts. In addition,
some state regulators provide that all facilities licensed with a state under common ownership or
control are subject to delicensure if any one or more of such facilities are delicensed.
We must also comply with the standards set forth by the Office of Inspector General (OIG)
governing internal compliance and external reporting requirements. We regularly review and monitor
OIG advisory opinions, although they are limited in their application to Medicaid programs. Significant
legislative, media and public attention has recently focused on health care. Because the law in
this area is complex and continuously evolving, ongoing or future governmental investigations or
litigation may result in interpretations that are inconsistent with our current practices. It is
possible that outside entities could initiate investigations or future litigation impacting our
services and that such matters could result in penalties and adverse publicity. It is also possible
that our executive and other management personnel could be included in these investigations and
litigation or be named defendants.
Finally, we are also subject to a large number of employment related laws and regulations,
including laws relating to discrimination, wrongful discharge, retaliation, and federal and state
wage and hours laws.
A material violation of a law or regulation could subject us to fines and penalties and in
some circumstances could disqualify some or all of the facilities and programs under our control
from future participation in Medicaid or other government programs. Failure to comply with laws and
regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
A dedicated Compliance Officer (vice president level position) oversees our compliance program
and reports to our Chief Legal Officer, a management compliance committee and a board compliance
committee. The program activities are reported regularly to the management compliance committee
which includes the CEO, COO, CFO as well as medical, operations, HR, legal and quality expertise.
In addition, the program activities are periodically reported at the board level.
Certain Transactions
On February 9, 2011, we completed refinancing transactions, which included entering into a
senior credit agreement (the senior credit agreement) for senior secured credit facilities (the
senior secured credit facilities) and issuing $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
12.50% senior notes due 2018 (the senior notes). We used the net proceeds from the senior secured
credit facilities ($520.9 million) and the senior notes ($238.7 million), together with cash on
hand, to: (i) repay all amounts owing under our old senior secured credit facilities and our
mortgage facility; (ii) purchase $171.9 million of our senior subordinated notes; (iii) pay $9.6
million to NMH Holdings related to a tax sharing arrangement; (iv) declare a $219.7 million
dividend to NMH Holdings, LLC (Parent), which in turn made a distribution to NMH Holdings, which
used $206.4 million cash proceeds of the distribution to repurchase $210.9 million principal amount
of the senior floating rate toggle notes issued by NMH Holdings (the NMH Holdings notes) at a
premium, not including $13.3 million principal amount of NMH
Holdings notes we held as an investment and that were also repurchased;
and (v) pay related fees and expenses.
Our Sponsor
Vestar, certain affiliates of Vestar, members of management and certain directors own NMH
Investment, LLC (NMH
Investment), which indirectly owns the Company. Vestar is a leading private equity firm
specializing in management buyouts and growth capital investments. Vestars investment in National
Mentor Holdings, Inc. was funded by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P., a $3.7 billion fund which
closed in 2006, and an affiliate.
Since the firms founding in 1988, Vestar has completed 69 investments in North America and
Europe in companies with a total value of approximately $40 billion. These companies have varied in
size and geography and span a broad range of industries including healthcare, an area in which
Vestars principals have had meaningful experience. Vestar currently manages funds totaling
approximately $7 billion and has offices in New York, Denver and Boston. See Certain Relationships
and Related Party
Transactions, and Director Independence, Security Ownership of Principal Shareholders and
Management and the documents incorporated by reference herein for more information with respect to
our relationship with Vestar.
13
Reductions or changes in Medicaid
funding or changes in budgetary priorities by the federal, state and local governments that pay for our services could
have a material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability.
We derive the vast majority of our revenue
from contracts with state and local governments. These governmental payors fund a significant portion of their payments to
us through Medicaid, a joint federal and state health insurance program through which state expenditures are matched by
federal funds typically ranging from 50% to approximately 75% of total costs, a number based largely on a states per
capita income. Our revenue, therefore, is determined by the level of federal, state and local governmental spending for
the services we provide.
Efforts at the federal level to reduce the
federal budget deficit pose risk for reductions in federal Medicaid matching funds to state governments. The Joint Select
Committee on Deficit Reductions failure to meet the deadline imposed by the Budget Control Act of 2011 triggers automatic
across-the-board cuts to discretionary funding, as well as a 2% reduction to Medicare, but specifically exempts Medicaid
payments to states. While this development does not reduce federal Medicaid funding, reductions in other federal payments
to states could put additional stress on state budgets, with the potential to negatively impact the ability of states to
provide the state Medicaid matching funds necessary to maintain or increase the federal financial contribution to the
program. Future efforts by Congress to adopt proposals to reduce the federal budget deficit could have a negative impact
on state Medicaid budgets, including proposals to provide states with more flexibility to determine Medicaid benefits,
eligibility or provider payments through the use of block grants or streamlined waiver approvals, as well as those that
would reduce the amount of federal Medicaid matching funding available to states by curtailing the use of provider taxes
or by adjusting the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (FMAP). Additionally, any new Medicaid-funded benefits and
requirements established by the Congress, particularly those included in The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
of 2010, that mandate certain uses for Medicaid funds could have the effect of diverting those funds from the services
we provide.
Budgetary pressures facing state governments,
as well as other economic, industry, and political factors, could cause state governments to limit spending, which could
significantly reduce our revenue, referrals, margins and profitability, and adversely affect our growth strategy.
Governmental agencies generally condition their contracts with us upon a sufficient budgetary appropriation. If a
government agency does not receive an appropriation sufficient to cover its contractual obligations with us, it may
terminate a contract or defer or reduce our reimbursement. In addition, there is risk that previously appropriated
funds could be reduced through subsequent legislation. Many states in which we operate have recently experienced
unprecedented budgetary deficits and have implemented or are considering initiating service reductions, rate freezes
and/or rate reductions, including states such as Minnesota, California, Florida, Indiana and Arizona. Similarly,
programmatic changes such as conversions to managed care with related contract demands regarding billing and services,
unbundling of services, governmental efforts to increase consumer autonomy and reduce provider oversight, coverage and
other changes under state Medicaid plans, may cause unanticipated costs and risks to our service delivery. The loss or
reduction of or changes to reimbursement under our contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results.
Reductions in reimbursement rates or failure to obtain increases in reimbursement rates could
adversely affect our revenue, cash flows and profitability.
Our revenue and operating profitability depend on our ability to maintain our existing
reimbursement levels and to obtain periodic increases in reimbursement rates to meet higher costs
and demand for more services. Eleven percent of our revenue is derived from contracts based on a
cost reimbursement model where we are reimbursed for our services based on our costs plus an
agreed-upon margin. If we are not entitled to, do not receive or cannot negotiate increases in
reimbursement rates, or are forced to accept a reduction in our reimbursement rates at
approximately the same time as our costs of providing services increase, including labor costs and
rent, our margins and profitability could be adversely affected. Changes in how federal and state
government agencies operate reimbursement programs can also affect our operating results and
financial condition. Some states have, from time to time, revised their rate-setting methodologies
in a manner that has resulted in rate decreases. In some instances, changes in rate-setting
methodologies have resulted in third-party payors disallowing, in whole or in part, our requests
for reimbursement. The termination of the enhanced federal Medicaid funding after June 30, 2011
contributed to significant budgetary challenges that confronted state governments for fiscal 2012,
which began July 1, 2011 in most states. The result is that some of our public payors have
implemented, or are likely to implement in the coming months, additional rate reductions,
particularly for our I/DD services. Any reduction in or the failure to maintain or increase our
reimbursement rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Changes in the manner in which state agencies interpret program policies and
procedures or review and audit billings and costs could also adversely affect our business,
financial condition and operating results and our ability to meet obligations under our
indebtedness.
Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to raise additional
capital to fund our operations, and it could limit our ability to react to changes in the economy
or our industry.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness and substantial leverage. As of September 30,
2011, we had total indebtedness of $784.1 million. During fiscal
2011, we borrowed $30.6 million under our senior revolver, which we
repaid during the year, and we expect to continue to draw on the
revolver during fiscal 2012. As we make new investments in organic growth and meet increased cash principal and interest
payments compared with fiscal 2011, we will have less free cash flow
in the business. Interest on our indebtedness is payable
entirely in cash, whereas as of September 30, 2010, our total indebtedness was lower and our
indirect parent, NMH Holdings, paid interest on the NMH Holdings notes as PIK Interest. Our
annualized interest expense as of September 30, 2011, as calculated in accordance with the credit
agreement is $73.0 million as compared to $43.2 million at September 30, 2010. As of September 30,
2011, our consolidated leverage ratio was 6.22 to 1.00, as calculated in accordance with the senior
credit agreement.
14
Our substantial degree of leverage could have important consequences, including the following:
|
|
|
it may significantly curtail our acquisitions program and may limit our ability
to invest in our infrastructure and in growth opportunities; |
|
|
|
it may diminish our
ability to obtain
additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service
requirements and general corporate or other purposes; |
|
|
|
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the payment
of principal and interest on our indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes,
including our operations, future business opportunities and acquisitions and capital
expenditures; |
|
|
|
the debt service requirements of our indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to
satisfy our indebtedness and contractual and commercial commitments; |
|
|
|
interest rates on the portion of our variable interest rate borrowings under the senior
secured credit facilities that have not been hedged may increase; |
|
|
|
it may limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and place us at a
competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt and a lower degree
of leverage; |
|
|
|
we may be vulnerable if the current downturn in general economic conditions continues or
if there is a downturn in our business, or we may be unable to carry out activities that are
important to our growth; and |
|
|
|
it may prevent us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase senior notes tendered to
us if there is a change of control, which would constitute a default under the senior credit
agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities. |
Subject to restrictions in the indenture governing our senior notes and the senior credit
agreement, we may be able to incur more debt in the future, which may intensify the risks described
in this risk factor. All of the borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities are secured
by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.
In addition to our high level of indebtedness, we have significant rental obligations under
our operating leases for our group homes, other service facilities and administrative offices. For
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, our aggregate rental payments for these leases, including
taxes and operating expenses, were $48.0 million. These obligations could further increase the
risks described above.
15
Covenants in our debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.
The senior credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities and the indenture
governing the senior notes contain various covenants that limit our ability and/or our
subsidiaries ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; |
|
|
|
pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other
restricted payments; |
|
|
|
make certain investments; |
|
|
|
create liens on certain assets to secure debt; |
|
|
|
enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries; |
|
|
|
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
and |
|
|
|
enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. |
The senior credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities also contains
restrictive covenants and requires the Company and its subsidiaries to maintain specified financial
ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and
tests may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet
those tests. The breach of any of these covenants or financial ratios could result in a default
under the senior secured credit facilities and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts
borrowed there under, together with accrued interest, to be due and payable and could proceed
against the collateral securing that indebtedness.
The nature of our operations subjects us to substantial claims, litigation and governmental
investigations.
We are in the health and human services business and, therefore, we have been and continue to
be subject to substantial claims alleging that we, our employees or our Mentors failed to provide
proper care for a client. We are also subject to claims by our clients, our employees, our Mentors
or community members against us for negligence, intentional misconduct or violation of applicable
laws. Included in our recent claims are claims alleging personal injury, assault, battery, abuse,
wrongful death and other charges, and our claims for professional and general liability have
increased sharply in recent years. Regulatory agencies may initiate administrative proceedings
alleging that our programs, employees or agents violate statutes and regulations and seek to impose
monetary penalties on us or ask for recoupment of amounts paid. We could be required to incur
significant costs to respond to regulatory investigations or defend against civil lawsuits and, if
we do not prevail, we could be required to pay substantial amounts of money in damages, settlement
amounts or penalties arising from these legal proceedings.
A litigation award excluded by, or in excess of, our third-party insurance limits and
self-insurance reserves could have a material adverse impact on our operations and cash flow and
could adversely impact our ability to continue to purchase appropriate liability insurance. Even if
we are successful in our defense, civil lawsuits or regulatory proceedings could also irreparably
damage our reputation.
16
We also are subject to potential lawsuits under the False Claims Act and other federal and
state whistleblower statutes designed to
combat fraud and abuse in the health care industry. These lawsuits can involve significant
monetary awards and bounties to private plaintiffs who successfully bring these suits. If we are
found to have violated the False Claims Act, we could be excluded from participation in Medicaid
and other federal healthcare programs. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provides a
mandate for more vigorous and widespread enforcement activity.
Finally, we are also subject to employee-related claims under state and federal law, including
claims for discrimination, wrongful discharge or retaliation; claims for wage and hour violations
under the Fair Labor Standards Act or state wage and hour laws; and novel intentional tort claims.
Our financial results could be adversely affected if claims against us are successful, to the
extent we must make payments under our self-insured retentions, or if such claims are not covered
by our applicable insurance or if the costs of our insurance coverage increase.
We have been and continue to be subject to substantial claims against our professional and
general liability and automobile liability insurance. Any claims, if successful, could result in
substantial damage awards which might require us to make payments under our self-insured retentions
and increase future insurance costs. As of October 1, 2010, we were self-insured for $2.0 million
per claim and $8.0 million in the aggregate, and for $500,000 per claim in excess of the aggregate.
As of October 1, 2011, we are self-insured for the first $4.0 million of each and every claim with
no aggregate limit. The Company may be subject to increased self-insurance retention limits in the
future which could have a negative impact on our results. An award may exceed the limits of any
applicable insurance coverage, and awards for punitive damages may be excluded from our insurance
policies either contractually or by operation of state law. In addition, our insurance does not
cover all potential liabilities including, for example, those arising from employment practice
claims and governmental fines and penalties. As a result, we may become responsible for substantial
damage awards that are uninsured.
Insurance against professional and general liability and automobile liability can be
expensive. Our insurance premiums have increased and may increase in the near future. Insurance
rates vary from state to state, by type and by other factors. Rising costs of insurance premiums,
as well as successful claims against us, could have a material adverse effect on our financial
position and results of operations.
It is also possible that our liability and other insurance coverage will not continue to be
available at acceptable costs or on favorable terms.
If payments for claims exceed actuarially determined estimates, are not covered by insurance,
or our insurers fail to meet their obligations, our results of operations and financial position
could be adversely affected.
17
If any of the state and local government agencies with which we have contracts determines that we
have not complied with our contracts or have violated any applicable laws or regulations, our
revenue may decrease, we may be subject to fines or penalties and we may be required to
restructure our billing and collection methods.
We derive the vast majority of our revenue from state and local government agencies, and a
substantial portion of this revenue is state-funded with federal Medicaid matching dollars. If we
fail to comply with federal and state documentation, coding and billing rules, we could be subject
to criminal and/or civil penalties, loss of licenses and exclusion from the Medicaid programs,
which could materially harm us. In billing for our services to third-party payors, we must follow
complex documentation, coding and billing rules. These rules are based on federal and state laws,
rules and regulations, various government pronouncements, and on industry practice. Failure to
follow these rules could result in potential criminal or civil liability under the False Claims
Act, under which extensive financial penalties can be imposed. It could further result in criminal
liability under various federal and state criminal statutes. We annually submit a large volume of
claims for Medicaid and other payments and there can be no assurance that there have not been
errors. The rules are frequently vague and confusing and we cannot assure that governmental
investigators, private insurers, private whistleblowers, or Medicaid auditors will not challenge
our practices. Such a challenge could result in a material adverse effect on our business.
If any of the state and local government payors determines that we have not complied with our
contracts or have violated any applicable laws or regulations, our revenue may decrease, we may be
subject to fines or penalties and we may be required to restructure our billing and collection
methods. We are routinely subject to governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. As a result of these reviews, audits and
investigations, these governmental payors may be entitled to, in their discretion:
|
|
|
require us to refund amounts we have previously been paid; |
|
|
|
terminate or modify our existing contracts; |
|
|
|
suspend or prevent us from receiving new contracts or extending existing contracts; |
|
|
|
impose referral holds on us; |
|
|
|
impose fines, penalties or other sanctions on us; and |
|
|
|
reduce the amount we are paid under our existing contracts. |
As a result of past reviews and audits of our operations, we have been and are subject to some
of these actions from time to time. While we do not currently believe that our existing audit
proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or significantly harm
our reputation, we cannot assure you that similar actions in the future will not do so. In
addition, such proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in a
future reporting period.
In some states, we operate on a cost reimbursement model in which revenue is recognized at the
time costs are incurred. In these states, payors audit our historical costs on a regular basis, and
if it is determined that our historical costs are insufficient to justify our rates, our rates may
be reduced, or we may be required to return fees paid to us in prior periods. In some cases we have
experienced negative audit adjustments which are based on subjective judgments of reasonableness,
necessity or allocation of costs in our services provided to clients. These adjustments are
generally required to be negotiated as part of the overall audit resolution and may result in
paybacks to payors and adjustments of our rates. We cannot assure you that our rates will be
maintained, or that we will be able to keep all payments made to us, until an audit of the relevant
period is complete. Moreover, if we are required to restructure our billing and collection methods,
these changes could be disruptive to our operations and costly to implement. Failure to comply with
laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
18
We are making investments to expand existing services,
win new business and grow revenue, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of those investments.
In order to grow our business, we must capitalize on
opportunities to expand existing services and win new business, some of which require an investment of capital. For example, states
such as California and New Jersey are in the process of closing institutions and their former residents will need care in community-based
settings such as ours, and many payors are now seeking in-home periodic services as an alternative to residential care, especially for
at-risk youth who otherwise would be placed in foster care. In fiscal 2011, we began increasing the amount spent on growth initiatives,
such as new starts, and we expect to significantly increase our growth investments during fiscal 2012. If we fail to identify the evolving
needs of our payors and respond with service offerings that meet their fiscal and programmatic requirements, we may not realize the anticipated
benefits of our investments and the results of our operations
may suffer.
If we fail to establish and maintain relationships with state and local government agencies, we
may not be able to successfully procure or retain government-sponsored contracts, which could
negatively impact our revenue.
To facilitate our ability to procure or retain government-sponsored contracts, we rely in part
on establishing and maintaining relationships with officials of various government agencies. These
relationships enable us to maintain and renew existing contracts and obtain new contracts and
referrals. The effectiveness of our relationships may be reduced or eliminated with changes in the
personnel holding various government offices or staff positions. We also may lose key personnel who
have these relationships and such personnel are generally not subject to non-compete or
non-solicitation covenants. Any failure to establish, maintain or manage relationships with
government and agency personnel may hinder our ability to procure or retain government-sponsored
contracts, and could negatively impact our revenue.
Negative publicity or changes in public perception of our services may adversely affect our
ability to obtain new contracts and renew existing ones.
Our success in obtaining new contracts and renewals of our existing contracts depend upon
maintaining our reputation as a quality service provider among governmental authorities, advocacy
groups, families of our clients, our clients and the public. Negative publicity, changes in public
perception, legal proceedings and government investigations with respect to our operations could
damage our reputation and hinder our ability to retain contracts and obtain new contracts, and
could reduce referrals, increase government scrutiny and compliance or litigation costs, or
generally discourage clients from using our services. Any of these events could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
A loss of our status as a licensed service provider in any jurisdiction could result in the
termination of existing services and our inability to market our services in that jurisdiction.
We operate in numerous jurisdictions and are required to maintain licenses and certifications
in order to conduct our operations in each of them. Each state and local government has its own
regulations, which can be complicated, and each of our service lines can be regulated differently
within a particular jurisdiction. As a result, maintaining the necessary licenses and
certifications to conduct our operations can be cumbersome. Our licenses and certifications could
be suspended, revoked or terminated for a number of reasons, including:
|
|
|
the failure by our employees or Mentors to properly care for clients; |
|
|
|
the failure to submit proper documentation to the applicable government agency, including
documentation supporting reimbursements for costs; |
|
|
|
the failure by our programs to abide by the applicable regulations relating to the
provision of human services; or |
|
|
|
the failure of our facilities to comply with the applicable building, health and safety
codes and ordinances. |
From time to time, some of our licenses or certifications, or those of our employees, are
temporarily placed on probationary status or suspended. If we lost our status as a licensed
provider of human services in any jurisdiction or any other required certification, we would be
unable to market our services in that jurisdiction, and the contracts under which we provide
services in that jurisdiction would be subject to termination. Moreover, such an event could
constitute a violation of provisions of contracts in other jurisdictions, resulting in other
contract, license or certification terminations. Any of these events could have a material adverse
effect on our operations.
Our variable cost structure is directly related to our labor costs, which may be adversely
affected by labor shortages, a deterioration in labor relations or increased unionization
activities.
Our variable cost structure and operating profitability are directly related to our labor
costs. Labor costs may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including a limited supply of
qualified personnel in any geographic area, local competitive forces, the ineffective utilization
of our labor force, increases in minimum wages or the need to increase wages to retain staff,
health care costs and other personnel costs, and adverse changes in client service models. We
typically cannot recover our increased labor costs from payors and must absorb them ourselves. We
have incurred higher labor costs in certain markets from time to time because of difficulty in
hiring qualified direct service staff. These higher labor costs have resulted from increased wages
and overtime and the costs associated with recruitment and retention, training programs and use of
temporary staffing personnel. In part to help with the challenge of recruiting and retaining direct
care employees, we offer these employees a benefits package that includes paid time off, health
insurance, dental insurance, vision coverage, life insurance and a 401(k) plan, and these costs can
be significant. In addition, The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act signed into law on
March 23, 2010 imposed new mandates on employers beginning in January 2011 and will continue to
impose new mandates through 2014. Given the composition of our workforce, these mandates could
be material to our costs, if the law survives pending court challenges.
Although our employees are generally not unionized, we have one business in New Jersey with
approximately fifty employees who are represented by a labor union. Future unionization activities
could result in an increase of our labor and other costs. The President and the National Labor
Relations Board may take regulatory and other action that could result in increased unionization
activities and make it easier for employees to join unions. We may not be able to negotiate labor
agreements on satisfactory terms with any future labor unions. If employees covered by a collective
bargaining agreement were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown, we could
experience a disruption of our operations and/or higher ongoing labor costs, which could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The nature of services that we provide could subject us to significant workers compensation
related liability, some of which may not be fully reserved for.
We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance plans to provide for potential liability
for workers compensation claims. Because of our high ratio of employees per client, and because of
the inherent physical risk associated with the interaction of employees with our clients, many of
whom have intensive care needs, the potential for incidents giving rise to workers compensation
liability is relatively high.
We estimate liabilities associated with workers compensation risk and establish reserves each
quarter based on internal valuations, third-party actuarial advice, historical loss development
factors and other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our results of
operations have been adversely impacted and may be adversely impacted in the future if actual
occurrences and claims exceed our assumptions and historical trends.
We face substantial competition in attracting and retaining experienced personnel, and we may be
unable to maintain or grow our business if we cannot attract and retain qualified employees.
Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to attract and retain qualified and
experienced human service and other professionals who possess the skills and experience necessary
to deliver quality services to our clients and manage our operations. We face competition for
certain categories of our employees, particularly service provider employees, based on the wages,
benefits and other working conditions we offer. Contractual requirements and client needs determine
the number, education and experience levels of human service professionals we hire. Our ability to
attract and retain employees with the requisite credentials, experience and skills depends on
several factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to offer competitive wages, benefits
and professional growth opportunities. The inability to attract and retain experienced personnel
could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any future acquisitions and we may experience
difficulties in integrating these acquisitions.
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to make acquisitions. Growing our business through
acquisitions involves risks because with any acquisition there is the possibility that:
|
|
|
we may be unable to maintain and renew the contracts of the acquired business; |
|
|
|
unforeseen difficulties may arise in integrating the acquired operations, including
information systems and accounting controls; |
|
|
|
we may not achieve operating efficiencies, synergies, economies of scale and cost
reductions as expected; |
|
|
|
the business we acquire may not continue to generate income at the same historical levels
on which we based our acquisition decision; |
19
|
|
|
management may be distracted from overseeing existing operations by the need to integrate
the acquired business; |
|
|
|
we may acquire or assume unexpected liabilities or there may be other unanticipated
costs; |
|
|
|
we may encounter unanticipated regulatory risk; |
|
|
|
we may experience problems entering new markets or service lines in which we have limited
or no experience; |
|
|
|
we may fail to retain and assimilate key employees of the acquired business; |
|
|
|
we may finance the acquisition by incurring additional debt and further increase our
leverage ratios; and |
|
|
|
the culture of the acquired business may not match well with our culture. |
As a result of these risks, there can be no assurance that any future acquisition will be
successful or that it will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and
results of operations.
We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, which require significant compliance
expenditures, and a failure to comply with these regulations could adversely affect our business.
We must comply with comprehensive government regulation of our business, including statutes,
regulations and policies governing the licensing of our facilities, the maintenance and management
of our work place for our employees, the quality of our service, the revenue we receive for our
services and reimbursement for the cost of our services. Compliance with these laws, regulations
and policies is expensive, and if we fail to comply with these laws, regulations and policies, we
could lose contracts and the related revenue, thereby harming our financial results. State and
federal regulatory agencies have broad discretionary powers over the administration and enforcement
of laws and regulations that govern our operations. A material violation of a law or regulation
could subject us to fines and penalties and in some circumstances could disqualify some or all of
the facilities and programs under our control from future participation in Medicaid or other
government programs. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (as amended,
HIPAA) and other federal and state data privacy and security laws, which require the
establishment of privacy standards for health care information storage, retrieval and dissemination
as well as electronic transmission and security standards,
could result in potential penalties in certain of our businesses if we fail to comply with
these privacy and security standards.
20
Expenses incurred under governmental agency contracts for any of our services, as well as
management contracts with providers of record for such agencies, are subject to review by agencies
administering the contracts and services. Representatives of those agencies visit our group homes
to verify compliance with state and local regulations governing our home operations. A negative
outcome from any of these examinations could increase government scrutiny, increase compliance
costs or hinder our ability to obtain or retain contracts. Any of these events could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
The federal anti-kickback law and non-self referral statute, and similar state statutes,
prohibit kickbacks, rebates and any other form of remuneration in return for referrals. Any
remuneration, direct or indirect, offered, paid, solicited, or received, in return for referrals of
patients or business for which payment may be made in whole or in part under Medicaid could be
considered a violation of law. The language of the anti-kickback law also prohibits payments made
to anyone to induce them to recommend purchasing, leasing, or ordering any goods, facility,
service, or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicaid. Criminal penalties
under the anti-kickback law include fines up to $25,000, imprisonment for up to five years, or
both. In addition, acts constituting a violation of the anti-kickback law may also lead to civil
penalties, such as fines, assessments and exclusion from participation in the Medicaid programs.
CMS employs Medicaid Integrity Contractors (MICs) to perform post-payment audits of Medicaid
claims and identify overpayments. MIC audits expanded during fiscal 2011 and we expect that will
continue throughout fiscal 2012. In addition to MICs, several other payors, including the state
Medicaid agencies, have increased their review activities, including through the use of Recovery
Audit Contractor (RAC) programs. State Medicaid agencies are required to have RAC programs in
place by January 1, 2012 unless granted an extension by CMS. RACs are private entities which will
perform audits on a contingency fee basis, giving them an incentive to identify underpayments, from
which they may be permitted to extrapolate disproportionately large penalties and fines.
Should we be found out of compliance with any of these laws, regulations or programs,
depending on the nature of the findings, our business, our financial position and our results of
operations could be materially adversely impacted.
If a federal or state agency asserts a different position or enacts new laws or regulations
regarding illegal payments under Medicaid or other governmental programs, we may be subject to
civil and criminal penalties, experience a significant reduction in our revenue or be excluded
from participation in Medicaid or other governmental programs.
Any change in interpretations or enforcement of existing or new laws and regulations could
subject our current business practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could
require us to make changes in our homes, equipment, personnel, services, pricing or capital
expenditure programs, which could increase our operating expenses and have a material adverse
effect on our operations or reduce the demand for or profitability of our services.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in prior
periods.
As reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, we
identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our
revenue and accounts receivable balances as of September 30, 2009, and management concluded that as
of that date, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective and, as a result, our
disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. We also reported material weaknesses as of
September 30, 2008, including a material weakness in controls to verify the existence of our fixed
asset balances. As a result of this material weakness, we identified errors during the quarter
ended June 30, 2009 which resulted in an adjustment to reduce property and equipment by $1.8
million. While we have taken action to remediate our identified material weaknesses and continue to
improve our internal controls, the decentralized nature of our operations and the manual nature of
many of our controls increases our risk of control deficiencies.
We did not experience similar material weaknesses in connection with our audits of fiscal 2011
and fiscal 2010. No evaluation can provide complete assurance that our internal controls will
detect or uncover all failures of persons within our company to disclose material information
otherwise required to be reported. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures could also be
limited by simple errors or faulty judgments. We may in the future identify material weaknesses or
significant deficiencies in connection with the continuing implementation of our billing and
accounts receivable system and the consolidation of our cash disbursement and accounts receivable
functions at one centralized location. As we introduce new processes and people into our accounting
systems, our risk of controls deficiencies and weaknesses may temporarily increase. In addition, if
we continue to make acquisitions, as we expect to, the challenges involved in implementing
appropriate internal controls will increase and will require that we continue to improve our
internal controls. Any future material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting
could result in material misstatements in our financial statements. Moreover, any future
disclosures of additional material weaknesses, or errors as a result of those weaknesses, could
result in a negative reaction in the financial markets if there is a loss of confidence in the
reliability of our financial reporting.
21
Management continues to devote significant time and attention to improving our internal
controls, and we will continue to incur costs associated with implementing appropriate processes,
which could include fees for additional audit and consulting services, which could negatively
affect our financial condition and operating results.
The high level of competition in our industry could adversely affect our contract and revenue
base.
We compete with a wide variety of competitors, ranging from small, local agencies to a few
large, national organizations. Competitive factors may favor other providers and reduce our ability
to obtain contracts, which would hinder our growth. Not-for-profit organizations are active in all
states and range from small agencies serving a limited area with specific programs to multi-state
organizations. Smaller local organizations may have a better understanding of the local conditions
and may be better able to gain political and public acceptance. Not-for-profit providers may be
affiliated with advocacy groups, health organizations or religious organizations that have
substantial influence with legislators and government agencies. Increased competition may result in
pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of clients or payors, any of
which could harm our business.
Current credit and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows,
liquidity and financial condition.
Tax
revenue continued to be constrained in many jurisdictions
due to the impact of the recent economic recession and high rates of unemployment and government payors may not be able to pay us for our services until they
collect sufficient tax revenue. Due to the general tightening of the credit markets over the last
several years, our government payors or other counterparties that owe us money, such as
counterparties to swap contracts, could be delayed in obtaining, or may not be able to obtain,
necessary funding and/or financing to meet their cash-flow needs. In the aftermath of the
downgrading of the Federal governments credit rating by Standard & Poors, it is possible there
will be downgrades of state credit ratings and if they occur, this could make it more expensive for
states to finance their cash-flow needs and put additional pressure on state budgets. Delays in
payment could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, liquidity and financial condition.
In the event that our payors or other counterparties are financially unstable or delay payments to
us, our financial condition could be further impaired if we are unable to borrow additional funds
under our senior credit agreement to finance our operations.
Because a portion of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in
certain prevailing short-term interest rates, we are vulnerable to interest rate increases.
A portion of our indebtedness, including borrowings under the senior revolver and borrowings
under the term loan facility for which we have not hedged our interest rate exposure under an
interest rate swap agreement, bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain
short-term prevailing interest rates. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on
the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same.
As of September 30, 2011, we had $527.4 million of floating rate debt outstanding before
giving effect to the interest rate swap agreement. As a result of the interest rate swap agreement,
the floating rate debt has been effectively reduced to $127.4 million. A 1% increase in the
interest rate on our floating rate debt would increase cash interest expense of the floating rate
debt by approximately $1.3 million per annum. If interest rates increase dramatically, the Company
and its subsidiaries could be unable to service their debt.
We rely on third parties to refer clients to our facilities and programs.
We receive substantially all of our clients from third-party referrals and are governed by the
federal anti-kickback/non-self referral statute. Our reputation and prior experience with agency
staff, care workers and others in positions to make referrals to us are important for building and
maintaining our operations. Any event that harms our reputation or creates negative experiences
with such third parties could impact our ability to receive referrals and grow our client base.
Home and community-based human services may become less popular among our targeted client
populations and/or state and local governments, which would adversely affect our results of
operations.
Our growth depends on the continuation of trends in our industry toward providing services to
individuals in smaller, community-based settings and increasing the percentage of individuals
served by non-governmental providers. The continuation of these trends and our future success are
subject to a variety of political, economic, social and legal pressures, all of which are beyond
our control. A reversal in the downsizing and privatization trends could reduce the demand for our
services, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
Government reimbursement procedures are time-consuming and complex, and failure to comply with
these procedures could adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and operating results.
The government reimbursement process is time-consuming and complex, and there can be delays
before we receive payment. Government reimbursement, group home credentialing and Medicaid
recipient eligibility and service authorization procedures are often complicated and burdensome,
and delays can result from, among other things, securing documentation and coordinating necessary
eligibility paperwork between agencies. These reimbursement and procedural issues occasionally
cause us to have to resubmit claims several times before payment is remitted. If there is a billing
error, the process to resolve the error may be time-consuming and costly. To the extent that
complexity associated with billing for our services causes delays in our cash collections, we
assume the financial risk of increased carrying costs associated with the aging of our accounts
receivable as well as increased potential for write-offs. We can provide no assurance that we will
be able to collect payment for claims at our current levels in future periods. The risks associated
with third-party payors and the inability to monitor and manage accounts receivable successfully
could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, cash flows and operating results.
22
We conduct a significant percentage of our operations in Minnesota and, as a result, we are
particularly susceptible to any reduction in budget appropriations for our services or any other
adverse developments in that state.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, 15% of our revenue was generated from contracts
with government agencies in the state of Minnesota. Accordingly, any reduction in Minnesotas
budgetary appropriations for our services, whether as a result of fiscal constraints due to
recession, changes in policy or otherwise, could result in a reduction in our fees and possibly the
loss of contracts. A rate cut of 2.6% applicable for Medicaid Waiver services took effect in
Minnesota on July 1, 2009 and, more recently, the state implemented a 1.5% rate cut for both
Medicaid Waiver and ICF Services effective September 1, 2011. We cannot assure you that we
will not receive further rate reductions this year or in the future. The concentration of our
operations in Minnesota also makes us particularly susceptible to many of the other risks described
above occurring in this state, including:
|
|
|
the failure to maintain and renew our licenses; |
|
|
|
the failure to maintain important relationships with officials of government agencies;
and |
|
|
|
any negative publicity regarding our operations. |
Any of these adverse developments occurring in Minnesota could result in a reduction in
revenue or a loss of contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, financial position and cash flows.
We depend upon the continued services of certain members of our senior management team, without
whom our business operations could be significantly disrupted.
Our success depends, in part, on the continued contributions of our senior officers and other
key employees. Our management team has significant industry experience and would be difficult to
replace. If we lose or suffer an extended interruption in the service of one or more of our key
employees, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. The market
for qualified individuals is highly competitive and we may not be able to attract and retain
qualified personnel to replace or succeed members of our senior management or other key employees,
should the need arise.
Our success depends on our ability to manage growing and changing operations and successfully
optimize our cost structure.
Since 2003, our business has grown significantly in size and complexity. This growth has
placed, and is expected to continue to place, significant demands on our management, systems,
internal controls and financial and physical resources. Our operations are highly decentralized,
with many billing and accounting functions being performed at the local level. This requires us to
expend significant resources maintaining and monitoring compliance at the local level. In addition,
we expect that we will need to further develop our financial and managerial controls and reporting
systems to support further growth. This will require us to incur expenses for hiring additional
qualified personnel, retaining professionals to assist in developing the appropriate control
systems and expanding our information technology infrastructure. The nature of our business is such
that qualified management personnel can be difficult to find. We also are continuing to take
actions to optimize our cost structure, including most recently centralizing certain functions and
restructuring some of our field administrative functions. To the extent these optimization efforts
and related reductions in force disrupt our operations, there could be an adverse effect on our
financial results. In addition, our cost structure optimization efforts may not achieve the cost
savings we expect within the anticipated time frame, or at all. Our inability to manage growth and
implement cost structure optimization effectively could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Our information systems are critical to our business and a failure of those systems could
materially harm us.
We depend on our ability to store, retrieve, process and manage a significant amount of
information, and to provide our operations with efficient and effective accounting, census,
incident reporting and scheduling systems. Our information systems require maintenance and
upgrading to meet our needs, which could significantly increase our administrative expenses.
Any system failure that causes an interruption in service or availability of our critical
systems could adversely affect operations or delay the collection of revenues. Even though we have
implemented network security measures, our servers are vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins
and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering. The occurrence of any of these events could
result in interruptions, delays, the loss or corruption of data, or cessations in the availability
of systems, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results
of operations and harm our business reputation. Furthermore, a loss of health care information
could result in potential penalties in certain of our businesses if we fail to comply with privacy
and security standards in violation of HIPAA.
The performance of our information technology and systems is critical to our business
operations. Our information systems are essential to a number of critical areas of our operations,
including:
|
|
|
accounting and financial reporting; |
|
|
|
billing and collecting accounts; |
23
|
|
|
clinical systems, including census and incident reporting; |
|
|
|
records and document storage; and |
|
|
|
monitoring quality of care and collecting data on quality and compliance measures. |
Our
financial results may suffer if we have to write-off goodwill or other intangible assets.
A portion of our total assets consists of goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill and
other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, accounted
for 62.2% and 65.7% of the
total assets on our consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. We
may not realize the value of our goodwill or other intangible assets and we expect to engage in
additional transactions that will result in our recognition of additional goodwill or other
intangible assets.
We evaluate on a regular basis whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate
that all or a portion of the carrying amount of goodwill or other intangible assets may no longer
be recoverable, and is therefore impaired. Under current accounting rules, any determination that
impairment has occurred would require us to write-off the impaired portion of our goodwill or the
unamortized portion of our intangible assets, resulting in a charge to our earnings. During fiscal
2011, we wrote-off $14.5 million, $5.8 million of which is recorded separately
as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations, for the write-off of
goodwill, non-compete agreements, agency contracts, licenses and permits for underperforming
programs as well as an impairment charge related to indefinite-lived intangible assets. We may
record similar charges in the future and such charges could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may be more susceptible to the effects of a public health catastrophe than other businesses due
to the vulnerable nature of our client population.
Our primary clients are individuals with developmental disabilities, brain injuries, or
emotionally, behaviorally or medically complex challenges, many of whom may be more vulnerable than
the general public in a public health catastrophe. For example, in a flu pandemic, we could suffer
significant losses to our client population and, at a high cost, be required to pay overtime or
hire replacement staff and Mentors for workers who drop out of the workforce. Accordingly, certain
public health catastrophes such as a flu pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
We are controlled by our principal equityholder, which has the power to take unilateral action.
Vestar controls our business affairs and material policies. Circumstances may occur in which
the interests of Vestar could be in conflict with the interests of our debt holders. In addition,
Vestar may have an interest in pursuing organic growth opportunities, acquisitions, divestitures or
other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such
transactions might involve risks to our debt holders. Vestar is in the business of making
investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that
compete directly or indirectly with us. Vestar may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may
be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be
available to us. So long as investment funds associated with or designated by Vestar continue to
own a significant amount of our equity interests, even if such amount is less than 50%, Vestar will
continue to be able to significantly influence or effectively control our decisions.
|
|
|
Item 1B. |
|
Unresolved Staff Comments |
Not applicable.
Our principal executive office is located at 313 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
We operate a number of facilities and administrative offices throughout the United States. As of
September 30, 2011, we provided services in 397 owned facilities and 966 leased facilities, as well
as in homes owned by our Mentors. We also own one office and lease 279 offices. We believe that our
properties are adequate for our business as presently conducted and we believe we can meet
requirements for additional space by extending leases that expire or by finding alternative space.
24
|
|
|
Item 3. |
|
Legal Proceedings |
We are in the health and human services business and, therefore, we have been and continue to
be subject to substantial claims alleging that we, our employees or our Mentors failed to provide
proper care for a client. We are also subject to claims by our clients, our employees, our Mentors
or community members against us for negligence, intentional misconduct or violation of applicable
laws. Included in our recent claims are claims alleging personal injury, assault, battery, abuse,
wrongful death and other charges. Regulatory agencies may initiate administrative proceedings
alleging that our programs, employees or agents violate statutes and regulations and seek to impose
monetary penalties on us. We could be required to incur significant costs to respond to regulatory
investigations or defend against civil lawsuits and, if we do not prevail, we could be required to
pay substantial amounts of money in damages, settlement amounts or penalties arising from these
legal proceedings.
We reserve for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is
reasonably estimable. While we believe our provision for legal contingencies is adequate, the
outcome of the legal proceedings is difficult to predict and we may settle legal claims or be
subject to judgments for amounts that differ from our estimates.
See Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors and Part II. Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information
|
|
|
Item 4. |
|
(Removed and Reserved) |
PART II
|
|
|
Item 5. |
|
Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
Market Information
We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of NMH Investment. Accordingly, there is no public
trading market for our common stock.
Stockholders
There was one owner of record of our common stock as of December 1, 2011.
Dividends
During fiscal 2011, we paid a dividend of $219.7 million to Parent, which in turn made a
distribution of $219.7 million to its direct parent, NMH Holdings, Inc. (NMH Holdings). NMH
Holdings used the proceeds of the distribution to (i) repurchase $210.9 million aggregate principal
amount of the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the NMH Holdings notes) at a premium
and (ii) pay related fees and expenses.
Any determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and
will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations,
contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of
directors deems relevant. In addition, our current financing arrangements limit the cash dividends
we may pay in the foreseeable future. We are restricted from paying dividends to Parent in excess
of $15 million, except for dividends used for the repurchase of equity from former officers and
employees and for the payment of management fees, taxes and certain other exceptions.
25
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table lists the number of securities of NMH Investment available for issuance as
of September 30, 2011 under the NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan, as
amended. For a description of the plan, please see note 19 to the consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities Remaining |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for Future Issuance |
|
|
Number of Securities to be |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
|
under Equity Compensation |
|
|
Issued Upon Exercise of |
|
|
Exercise Price of |
|
|
Plans (excluding Securities |
|
|
Outstanding Options |
|
|
Outstanding Options |
|
|
Reflected in Column(a)) |
Plan Category |
|
(a) |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
(c) |
Equity compensation plans |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Preferred Units: 20,539.50 |
approved by security holders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Units: 212,995.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B Units: 35,850.08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C Units: 37,616.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D Units: 106,302.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E Units: - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F Units: -1,122,927.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Units: 20,539.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Units: 212,995.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B Units: 35,850.08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C Units: 37,616.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D Units: 106,302.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E Units: - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F Units: -1,122,927.40 |
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
No equity securities of the Company were sold during fiscal 2011; however, the Companys
indirect parent, NMH Investment, did issue equity securities during this period.
The following table sets forth the number of units of common equity of NMH Investment issued
during fiscal 2011 pursuant to the NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan, as
amended. The units were granted under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dates |
|
Title of Securities |
|
Amount |
|
|
Purchasers |
|
Consideration |
|
February 23, 2011 |
|
Class B Common Units |
|
|
1,925.00 |
|
|
One employee |
|
$ |
96.25 |
|
|
|
Class C Common Units |
|
|
2,020.00 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
60.60 |
|
|
|
Class D Common Units |
|
|
2,140.00 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
21.40 |
|
June 15, 2011 |
|
Class F Common Units |
|
|
4,273,460.60 |
|
|
Certain employees |
|
$ |
|
|
Repurchases of Equity Securities
No equity securities of the Company or NMH Investment were repurchased during the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2011.
|
|
|
Item 6. |
|
Selected Financial Data |
We derived the selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended
September 30, 2009, 2010, and 2011 from the historical consolidated financial statements of the
Company and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
26
We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years
ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 from the historical consolidated financial statements of the
Company and the related notes not included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected information below should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the historical consolidated
financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30, |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statements of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
867,889 |
|
|
$ |
918,270 |
|
|
$ |
957,525 |
|
|
$ |
1,011,469 |
|
|
$ |
1,070,610 |
|
Cost of revenue (exclusive of
depreciation expense shown
separately below) |
|
|
657,144 |
|
|
|
698,624 |
|
|
|
731,372 |
|
|
|
776,656 |
|
|
|
829,032 |
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
113,623 |
|
|
|
124,887 |
|
|
|
125,734 |
|
|
|
133,731 |
|
|
|
144,516 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
49,757 |
|
|
|
49,416 |
|
|
|
55,598 |
|
|
|
56,413 |
|
|
|
61,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
47,365 |
|
|
|
45,343 |
|
|
|
44,821 |
|
|
|
44,669 |
|
|
|
35,161 |
|
Management fee to related party |
|
|
(892 |
) |
|
|
(1,349 |
) |
|
|
(1,146 |
) |
|
|
(1,208 |
) |
|
|
(1,271 |
) |
Other expense, net |
|
|
(424 |
) |
|
|
(791 |
) |
|
|
(503 |
) |
|
|
(339 |
) |
|
|
(159 |
) |
Extinguishment of debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,278 |
) |
Gain from available for sale
investment security |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,018 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
1,060 |
|
|
|
684 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
Interest income from related party |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,202 |
|
|
|
1,921 |
|
|
|
684 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(50,687 |
) |
|
|
(48,947 |
) |
|
|
(48,254 |
) |
|
|
(46,693 |
) |
|
|
(61,718 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
before income taxes |
|
|
(3,578 |
) |
|
|
(5,060 |
) |
|
|
(3,687 |
) |
|
|
(1,608 |
) |
|
|
(43,541 |
) |
(Benefit) provision for income taxes |
|
|
(708 |
) |
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
(1,116 |
) |
|
|
(205 |
) |
|
|
(14,427 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations |
|
|
(2,870 |
) |
|
|
(5,246 |
) |
|
|
(2,571 |
) |
|
|
(1,403 |
) |
|
|
(29,114 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued
operations, net of tax |
|
|
378 |
|
|
|
(1,989 |
) |
|
|
(2,885 |
) |
|
|
(5,464 |
) |
|
|
(5,028 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(2,492 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,235 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,456 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,867 |
) |
|
$ |
(34,142 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of
period): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
29,373 |
|
|
$ |
38,908 |
|
|
$ |
23,650 |
|
|
$ |
26,448 |
|
|
$ |
263 |
|
Working capital(1) |
|
|
57,297 |
|
|
|
55,878 |
|
|
|
47,836 |
|
|
|
34,904 |
|
|
|
12,028 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,012,628 |
|
|
|
1,016,433 |
|
|
|
995,610 |
|
|
|
1,015,885 |
|
|
|
1,010,850 |
|
Total Debt(2) |
|
|
516,295 |
|
|
|
513,920 |
|
|
|
509,976 |
|
|
|
506,182 |
|
|
|
784,124 |
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
246,031 |
|
|
|
237,128 |
|
|
|
223,728 |
|
|
|
225,133 |
|
|
|
(31,123 |
) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Calculated as current assets minus current liabilities. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes obligations under capital leases. |
|
(3) |
|
The Company sold its home health business, closed certain business
operations in the state of Maryland and closed its business operations
in the states of Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire and New York. All
fiscal years presented reflect the classification of these businesses
as discontinued operations. |
27
|
|
|
Item 7. |
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read
in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes included
elsewhere in this report. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements about our markets,
the demand for our services and our future results. We based these statements on assumptions that
we consider reasonable. Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by our
forward-looking statements for various reasons, including those discussed in the Risk factors and
Forward-looking statements sections of this report.
Overview
We are a leading provider of home and community-based health and human services to adults and
children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities (I/DD), acquired brain injury
(ABI) and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses, and to youth with emotional, behavioral
and/or medically complex challenges, or at-risk youth (ARY). Since our founding in 1980, we have
grown to provide services to approximately 22,000 clients in 33 states.
We design customized service plans to meet the unique needs of our clients, which we deliver
in home and community-based settings. Most of our service plans involve residential support,
typically in small group homes, host home settings or specialized community facilities, designed to
improve our clients quality of life and to promote client independence and participation in
community life. Other services offered include supported living, day and transitional programs,
vocational services, case management, family-based services, post-acute treatment and
neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral rehabilitation and physical, occupational and speech
therapies, among others. Our customized service plans offer our clients, as well as the payors for
these services, an attractive, cost-effective alternative to health and human services provided in
large, institutional settings.
We offer our services through a variety of models, including (i) small group homes, most of
which are residences for six people or fewer, (ii) host homes, or the Mentor model, in which a
client lives in the home of a trained Mentor, (iii) in-home settings, in which we support clients
independence with 24-hour services in their own homes, (iv) small, specialized community facilities
which provide post-acute, specialized rehabilitation and comprehensive care for individuals who
have suffered ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses and (v)
non-residential settings, consisting primarily of day programs and periodic services in various
settings.
Delivery of services to adults and children with I/DD is the largest portion of our Human
Services segment. Our I/DD programs include residential support, day habilitation, vocational
services, case management and personal care. Our Human Services segment also includes the delivery
of ARY services. Our ARY programs include therapeutic foster care, family reunification, family
preservation, early intervention and adoption services. Our Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation
Services (SRS) segment delivers healthcare and community-based human services to individuals who
have suffered ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses. Our services
range from sub-acute healthcare for individuals with intensive medical needs to day treatment
programs, and include skilled nursing, neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral rehabilitation,
physical, occupational, and speech therapy, supported living, outpatient treatment and
pre-vocational services.
We have two reportable segments, Human Services and SRS. The Human Services segment provides
home and community-based human services to adults and children with intellectual and/or
developmental disabilities and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex
challenges. The SRS segment provides a mix of health care and community-based health and human
services to individuals who have suffered ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and
illnesses.
Factors Affecting our Operating Results
Demand for Home and Community-Based Health and Human Services
Our growth in revenue has historically been related to increases in the rates we receive for
our services as well as increases in the number of individuals served. This growth has depended
largely upon development-driven activities, including the maintenance and expansion of existing
contracts and the award of new contracts, and upon acquisitions. We also attribute the continued
growth in our client base to certain trends that are increasing demand in our industry, including
demographic, medical and political developments.
28
Demographic trends have a particular impact on our I/DD business. Increases in the life
expectancy of individuals with I/DD, we believe, have resulted in steady increases in the demand
for I/DD services. In addition, caregivers currently caring for their relatives at home are aging
and may soon be unable to continue with these responsibilities. Each of these factors affects the
size of the I/DD population in need of services. And while our residential ARY services have been negatively impacted by a substantial
decline in the number of children and adolescents in foster care placements during the last decade, this trend has led to significant increased
demand for periodic, non-residential services to support at-risk youth and their families. Demand for our SRS services has also grown as faster emergency response and
improved medical techniques have resulted in more people surviving a catastrophic injury. SRS
services are increasingly sought out as a clinically-appropriate and less-expensive alternative to
institutional care and step-down for individuals who no longer require care in acute settings.
Political and economic trends can also affect our operations. In particular, state budgetary
pressures, especially within Medicaid programs, may influence the overall level of payments for our
services, the number of clients and the preferred settings for many of the services we provide.
Since the beginning of the recent economic downturn, our government payors in several states have
responded to deteriorating revenue collections by implementing provider rate reductions, including
in the states of Arizona, California, Indiana and Minnesota. In total, rate reductions implemented
from October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2011 have reduced annualized revenue by approximately
$18 million or about 1.7% of fiscal 2011 revenue. In addition, the volume of referrals to our residential programs has
also been constrained in many markets as payors have sought out in-home periodic services as an
alternative to more expensive residential care. The termination of the enhanced federal Medicaid
funding after June 30, 2011 contributed to significant budgetary challenges that confronted state
governments for fiscal 2012, which began July 1, 2011 in most states. The result is that some of
our public payors have implemented, or will implement in the coming months, additional rate
reductions, particularly for our I/DD services, including our largest state payor, Minnesota, which
announced rate reductions of approximately 1.5% for Medicaid Waiver and ICF Services effective
September 1, 2011.
Historically, pressure from client advocacy groups for the populations we serve has generally
helped our business, as these groups generally seek to pressure governments to fund residential
services that use our small group home or host home models, rather than large, institutional
models. In addition, our ARY services have historically been positively affected by the trend
toward privatization of these services. Furthermore, we believe that successful lobbying by these
groups has preserved I/DD and ARY services and, therefore, our revenue base, from significant
cutbacks as compared with certain other human services, although we suffered rate reductions during
and since the recent recession. In addition, a number of states have developed community-based
waiver programs to support long-term care services for survivors of a traumatic brain injury. The
majority of our specialty rehabilitation services revenue is derived from non-public payors, such
as commercial insurers, managed care and other private payors.
Expansion
We have grown our business through expansion of existing markets and programs as well as
through acquisitions.
Organic Growth
Various economic, fiscal, public policy
and legal factors
are contributing to an environment with an increased number of
organic growth opportunities, particularly within the
Human Services segment,
and, as a result, we have a renewed emphasis on growing our business organically and making investments to
support the effort. Our future growth will depend heavily on our ability to expand
existing service contracts and to win new contracts. Our organic expansion activities consist of
both new program starts in existing markets and geographical expansion in new markets. Our new
programs in new and existing geographic markets (which we refer to as new starts) typically
require us to fund operating losses for a period of approximately 18 to 24 months. If a new start
does not become profitable during such period, we may terminate it. During the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2011, operating losses on new starts for programs started within the previous 18
months were $1.8 million.
Acquisitions
As of September 30, 2011, we have completed 27 acquisitions since 2006, including several
acquisitions of rights to government contracts or fixed assets from small providers, which we
integrate with our existing operations. We have pursued larger strategic acquisitions in markets
with significant opportunities. Acquisitions could have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
During fiscal 2011, we acquired seven companies complementary to our business, five in the
Human Services segment and two in the SRS segment, for total fair value consideration of $12.6
million.
Divestitures
We regularly review and consider the divestiture of underperforming or non-strategic
businesses to improve our operating results and better utilize our capital. We have made
divestitures from time to time and expect that we may make additional divestitures in the future.
Divestitures could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
During fiscal 2011, we closed our business operations in the states of Nebraska, New Hampshire
and New York and recognized a pre-tax loss of $8.2 million.
29
Net revenue
Revenue is reported net of allowances for unauthorized sales and estimated sales adjustments.
Revenue is also reported net of any state provider taxes or gross receipts taxes levied on services
we provide. For fiscal 2011, we derived approximately 90% of our net
revenue from state and local government payors and approximately 10% of our net revenue from
non-public payors. Substantially all of our non-public revenue is generated by our SRS business
through contracts with commercial insurers, workers compensation carriers and other private
payors. The payment terms and rates of these contracts vary widely by jurisdiction and service
type, and may be based on per person per diems, rates established by the jurisdiction, cost-based
reimbursement, hourly rates and/or units of service. We bill most of our residential services on a
per diem basis, and we bill most of our non-residential services on an hourly basis. Some of our
revenue is billed pursuant to cost-based reimbursement contracts, under which the billed rate is
tied to the underlying costs. Lower than expected cost levels may require us to return previously
received payments after cost reports are filed. Reserves are provided when estimable and probable.
In addition, our revenue may be affected by adjustments to our billed rates as well as adjustments
to previously billed amounts. Revenue in the future may be affected by changes in rate-setting
structures, methodologies or interpretations that may be proposed in states where we operate or by
the federal government which provides matching funds. We cannot determine the impact of such
changes or the effect of any possible governmental actions.
Occasionally, timing of payment streams may be affected by delays by the state related to bill
processing systems, staffing or other factors. While these delays have historically impacted our
cash position in particular periods, they have not resulted in long-term collections problems.
Expenses
Expenses directly related to providing services are classified as cost of revenue. Direct
costs and expenses principally include salaries and benefits for service provider employees, per
diem payments to our Mentors, residential occupancy expenses, which are primarily comprised of rent
and utilities related to facilities providing direct care, certain client expenses such as food,
medicine and transportation costs for clients requiring services and insurance costs. General and
administrative expenses primarily include salaries and benefits for administrative employees, or
employees that are not directly providing services, administrative occupancy costs as well as
professional expenses such as accounting, consulting and legal services. Depreciation and
amortization includes depreciation for fixed assets utilized in both facilities providing direct
care and administrative offices, and amortization related to intangible assets.
Wages and benefits to our employees and per diem payments to our Mentors constitute the most
significant operating cost in each of our operations. Most of our employee caregivers are paid on
an hourly basis, with hours of work generally tied to client need. Our Mentors are paid on a per
diem basis, but only if the Mentor is currently caring for a client. Our labor costs are generally
influenced by levels of service and these costs can vary in material respects across regions.
Occupancy costs represent a significant portion of our operating costs. As of September 30,
2011, we owned 397 facilities and one office, and we leased 966 facilities and 279 offices. We
incur no facility costs for services provided in the home of a Mentor.
Expenses incurred in connection with liability insurance and third-party claims for
professional and general liability totaled 1.0%, 0.5% and 0.5% of our net revenue for fiscal 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively. We have incurred professional and general liability claims and
insurance expense for professional and general liability of $10.2 million, $5.2 million and $5.1
million for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Claims paid by us and our insurers for
professional and general liability have increased sharply in recent years. Commencing October 1,
2010, our self-insured retentions substantially exceed the amounts we previously had and we paid
substantially higher premiums for our professional and general liability insurance. As of October
1, 2010, we were self-insured for $2.0 million per claim and $8.0 million in the aggregate, and for
$500 thousand per claim in excess of the aggregate. As of October 1, 2011, we are self-insured for
the first $4.0 million of each and every claim without an aggregate limit.
Our ability to maintain and grow our earnings
in the future is dependent upon growing revenue, obtaining increases in rates and/or controlling our expenses. In fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, we invested in infrastructure
initiatives and business process improvements, which had a net negative impact on our margin. Beginning in fiscal 2011, we also began increasing the amount
spent in growth initiatives, such as new starts, and we expect to
significantly increase our growth investments during fiscal 2012.
30
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth income (loss) from operations as a percentage of net revenue
(operating margin) for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Acute Specialty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Human |
|
|
Rehabilitation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended September 30, |
|
Services |
|
|
Services |
|
|
Corporate |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
895,134 |
|
|
$ |
175,476 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,070,610 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
77,885 |
|
|
|
18,434 |
|
|
|
(61,158 |
) |
|
|
35,161 |
|
Operating margin |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
|
10.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3 |
% |
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
874,528 |
|
|
$ |
136,941 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,011,469 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
80,801 |
|
|
|
15,356 |
|
|
|
(51,488 |
) |
|
|
44,669 |
|
Operating margin |
|
|
9.2 |
% |
|
|
11.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 |
% |
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
861,030 |
|
|
$ |
96,495 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
$957,525 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
74,828 |
|
|
|
12,805 |
|
|
|
(42,812 |
) |
|
|
44,821 |
|
Operating margin |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
|
13.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7 |
% |
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011 compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010
Consolidated revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 increased by $59.1 million,
or 5.8%, compared to revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. Revenue increased $43.0
million related to acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2010 and $16.1 million related
to organic growth, including growth related to new programs. Modest organic growth was achieved
despite the negative impact of rate reductions in several states, including Indiana, Oregon
and Wisconsin.
Consolidated income from operations decreased from $44.7 million or 4.4% of revenue, for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 to $35.2 million or 3.3% of revenue, for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2011.
Our
operating margin was negatively impacted by non-cash charges of $8.7 million of expense
recorded during fiscal 2011 related to the (i) impairment of our indefinite lived intangible assets
and (ii) write-off of assets of under-performing programs, including goodwill and intangible
assets.
We performed our annual impairment test of indefinite lived intangible assets during fiscal
2011 and concluded that our trade names were impaired by $5.3 million. The decline in the fair
value of the trade names to below their book value was primarily the result of lower revenue growth
relative to the assumptions made in the prior fiscal year. This impairment charge is included in
General and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
In addition, we wrote-off of goodwill and
intangible assets of underperforming programs which were closed as of September 30, 2011. The
total charge was $3.4 million and included $2.7 million of intangible assets recorded in
Depreciation and amortization expense and $0.7 million of goodwill recorded in General and
administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Our operating margin was negatively impacted by an increase in expense relating to
professional and general liability retentions and premiums and employment practices liabilities
claims of $6.5 million. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we recorded higher
reserves against higher self-insured retentions and paid higher premiums for professional and
general liability insurance, which resulted in an additional $5.0 million of expense compared to
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. In addition, we
recorded an additional $1.5 million in
reserves for employment practices liability claims. The expense relating to professional and
general liability retentions and premiums and employment practices liability claims are included in
Cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
During fiscal 2011, we recorded $6.2 million related to one-time bonuses. This amount
includes the Companys decision to pay a one-time cash bonus to
direct care workers totaling $3.8 million. This bonus is recorded in Cost of revenue in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The balance of $2.4 million represents the
payment of one-time
discretionary bonuses in recognition of individuals contributions to enabling the successful
closing of the refinancing transactions (the discretionary recognition bonuses). The
discretionary recognition bonuses are included in General and administrative expense in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
31
Also during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we recorded an additional $6.0 million
in occupancy expense primarily related to (i) acquisitions in our Post-Acute Specialty
Rehabilitation Services segment and (ii) $0.7 million of expense related to a lease termination fee
associated with closing an underperforming program in the Human Services segment.
Our operating margin was negatively impacted by rate reductions in several states, including
Indiana, Oregon and Wisconsin.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we recorded an additional $3.0 million of
stock-based compensation expense compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 as we issued
new equity units of NMH Investment to members of management and accelerated the vesting of
previously outstanding units. We also recorded an additional $2.7 million during the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2011 related to restructuring of certain corporate and field functions.
The decrease in income from operations was partially offset by expense reduction from our
on-going cost containment efforts.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we recorded $19.3 million of debt
extinguishment expenses related to the refinancing transactions including (i) $10.8 million related
to the tender premium and consent fees paid in connection with the repurchase of the senior
subordinated notes, (ii) $7.9 million related to the acceleration of financing costs related to the
prior indebtedness and (iii) $0.6 million related to transaction costs. These expenses are recorded
on our consolidated statements of operations as Extinguishment of debt.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we recorded a $3.0 million gain as NMH
Holdings repurchased the NMH Holdings notes (which we purchased at a discount) from us at a
premium to the carrying value. The gain was recorded on our consolidated statements of operations as Gain from available for sale
investment security.
Interest expense increased by $15.0 million from the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010
primarily due to an increase in the average debt balance while our weighted average
interest rate remained essentially constant at 8.2% during the fiscal years ended September 30,
2011 and 2010.
The Company sold its home health business, closed certain business operations in the state of
Maryland and closed its business operations in the states of Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire and
New York. The operations of these businesses are included in discontinued operations. Loss from
discontinued operations for fiscal 2011 included expenses recorded to close
our business operations in Nebraska, New Hampshire and New York.
Human Services
Human Services revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 increased by $20.6
million, or 2.4%, compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. Revenue increased $10.9
million related to acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2010 and $9.7 million related
to organic growth, including growth related to new programs. Modest organic growth was achieved
despite the negative impact of rate reductions in several states, including Indiana, Oregon
and Wisconsin.
Income from operations decreased from $80.8 million during the fiscal year ended September 30,
2010 to $77.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and operating margin
decreased from 9.2% of revenue to 8.7% of revenue for the same periods.
Operating margin was negatively impacted by a $6.8 million increase in expense related to our
higher self-insured retentions, premiums for professional and general liability insurance and
increase in reserves for employment practices liability. During the fiscal year ended September 30,
2011, we recorded an additional $5.5 million related to higher self-insured retentions and paid
higher premiums for professional and general liability expense and we recorded an additional $1.3
million related to employment practices liability as compared to the fiscal year ended September
30, 2010. The expense relating to professional and general liability retentions and premiums and
employment practices liability claims are included in Cost of revenue in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations.
32
We also decided to pay a one-time cash bonus to direct care
workers totaling $3.8 million which is
recorded in Cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Operating margin was also negatively impacted by rate reductions in several states, including
Indiana, Oregon and Wisconsin. In addition, we wrote-off goodwill and intangible assets of underperforming programs which were closed as of
September 30, 2011. The total charge was $2.2 million and related primarily to the
write-off intangible assets which was recorded in Depreciation and amortization expense.
Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services
Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30,
2011 increased by $38.5 million, or 28.1%, compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
This increase was due to growth of $32.1 million related to acquisitions that closed during and
after fiscal 2010 and $6.4 million related to organic growth, including growth related to new
programs.
Income from operations increased from $15.4 million, for the fiscal year ended September 30,
2010 to $18.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 while operating margin decreased
from 11.2% to 10.5% for the same period. Our margin was negatively impacted by a $4.9 million
increase in occupancy expense as a result of acquisitions in this segment. In addition, we
wrote-off goodwill and intangible assets of
underperforming programs which were closed as of September 30,
2011. The total write-off
was $1.2 million and included $0.7 million of intangible assets and $0.5 million of goodwill.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we recorded an additional $1.1 million related to higher
self-insured retentions and paid higher premiums for professional and general liability expense and we recorded an additional $0.2 million
related to employment practices liability as compared to the fiscal year ended September
30, 2010. This expense is included in Cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements
of operations.
Corporate
Total corporate expenses increased by $9.7 million from the fiscal year ended September 30,
2010 to $61.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. During the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2011, we recorded an additional (i) $5.3 million expense related to the impairment of
our indefinite lived intangible assets, (ii) $3.0 million of stock-based compensation expense (iii)
$2.7 million related to the restructuring of certain corporate and field administrative functions
and (iv) $2.4 million for the payment of discretionary recognition bonuses. Partially offsetting
these increases, corporate expense decreased as fiscal 2010 included $1.6 million of expense related to a reserve for
incurred but not yet reported professional and general liability claims. In addition, corporate
expense decreased $1.9 million from fiscal 2010 due to the change in fair value of contingent
consideration. Corporate expense for fiscal 2010 included an
additional $0.9 million in consulting and legal costs related to a transaction
which was not completed.
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009
Consolidated
Consolidated revenue for fiscal 2010 increased by $53.9 million, or 5.6%, compared to revenue
for fiscal 2009. Revenue increased $47.9 million related to acquisitions that closed during fiscal
2009 and fiscal 2010 and $13.1 million related to organic growth, including growth related to new
programs. Organic growth increased despite the negative impact of rate reductions in several
states, including Minnesota, Arizona and North Carolina, and the imposition of service limitations
by the state of Indiana. Revenue growth was also partially offset by a reduction in revenue of $7.1
million from businesses we divested during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010.
Consolidated income from operations decreased from $44.8 million for fiscal 2009 to $44.7
million for fiscal 2010 and operating margin decreased from 4.7% of revenue to 4.4% of revenue for
the same period. The operating margin was negatively impacted by rate reductions in several states,
including Minnesota, our largest state, Arizona
and North Carolina as well as the imposition of service limitations by the state of Indiana. Our
operating margin also decreased due to a $3.3 million increased investment in growth initiatives.
Income from operations was positively impacted by an increase in revenue noted above, as well as an
expense reduction from our on-going cost containment efforts.
In fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, we recorded an additional $1.6 million of expense
related to a reserve for incurred but not yet reported professional and general liability claims.
Income from operations for fiscal 2010 included an additional $1.4 million of expense related to a
contingent earn-out adjustment from the Springbrook acquisition and $1.4 million in consulting and
legal costs related to a transaction which was not completed. In addition, we incurred an
additional $1.1 million related to expensed transaction costs from acquisitions.
33
Depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.8 million during fiscal 2010 due to the
increase in depreciable and amortizable assets resulting from acquisitions in the period. This
increase was partially offset by a decrease in depreciation expense. During fiscal 2009, as
compared to fiscal 2010, we recorded an additional $3.4 million of depreciation expense related to
disposals of furniture and fixtures and client home furnishings pertaining to periods prior to 2009
and for the reduction in the estimated useful life on furniture and fixtures and client home
furnishings.
Interest expense for fiscal 2010 decreased $1.6 million to $46.7 million. The decrease is due
to a decrease in the average debt balance as well as a decrease in the weighted average interest
rate from 8.4% in fiscal 2009 to 8.2% in fiscal 2010, in part resulting from the expiration of our
interest rate swaps.
The Company sold its home health business, closed certain business operations in the state of
Maryland and closed its business operations in the states of Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire and
New York. The operations of these businesses are included in discontinued operations. Loss from
discontinued operations for fiscal 2010 included additional expenses recorded to close
our business operations in Colorado and certain business operations in the state of Maryland.
Human Services
Human Services revenue for fiscal 2010 increased by $13.5 million, or 1.6%, compared to the
fiscal 2009. Revenue increased $20.6 million related to acquisitions that closed during fiscal 2009
and fiscal 2010 but was partially offset by a reduction in revenue of $7.1 million from businesses
we divested during the same period. Organic growth remained flat due to a reduction in revenue from
programs we closed during the period, rate reductions in several states, including Minnesota,
Arizona and North Carolina, and the imposition of service limitations by the state of Indiana.
Income from operations increased from $74.8 million, or 8.7% of revenue, during fiscal 2009 to
$80.8 million, or 9.2% of revenue, during fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily due to our
ongoing cost-containment efforts as well as a $2.4 million decrease in depreciation and
amortization expense. Operating margin was negatively impacted by rate reductions in several
states, including Minnesota, Arizona and North Carolina, and the imposition of service limitations
by the state of Indiana.
Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services
Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services revenue for fiscal 2010 increased by $40.4
million, or 41.9%, compared to fiscal 2009. This increase was due to growth of $27.3 million
related to acquisitions that closed during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010 and $13.1 million related to
organic growth, including growth related to new programs.
Income from operations increased from $12.8 million for fiscal 2009 to $15.4 million for
fiscal 2010, while operating margin decreased from 13.3% to 11.2% for the same period. Our margin
decreased primarily due to a $3.3 million increased investment in growth initiatives, namely $2.7
million related to increased infrastructure and $0.6 million related to new or expanded facilities.
Corporate
Total corporate expenses increased by $8.7 million from fiscal 2009 to $51.5 million for
fiscal 2010. In fiscal 2010, we recorded an additional $1.6 million of expense related to a reserve
for incurred but not yet reported professional and general liability claims, as well as an
additional $1.4 million in consulting and legal costs related to a transaction which was not
completed. In addition, corporate expense increased $1.4 million related to the Springbrook
contingent earn-out adjustment and $1.1 million related to expensed transaction costs from
acquisitions. In consolidating our cash disbursement function from disparate field locations to a
centralized shared services center, we transferred certain associated costs from the Human Services
and Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segments to corporate, and corporate expense
increased $1.3 million. In addition, corporate expense was reduced during fiscal 2009 as a result
of a $1.05 million reimbursement received from ESB Holdings, LLC. ESB Holdings used the proceeds of
a contribution from NMH Investment to reimburse us for certain expenses we had incurred on its
behalf in connection with exploring a strategic initiative.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal uses of cash are to meet working capital requirements, fund debt obligations and
finance capital expenditures and acquisitions. Cash flows from operations have historically been
sufficient to meet these cash requirements. Our principal sources of funds are cash flows from
operating activities and available borrowings under our senior revolver (as defined below).
34
Operating activities
Cash flows provided by operating activities were $30.2 million, $71.6 million and $58.4
million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease
in cash flows provided by operating activities from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 was due to a
decrease in operating income primarily from
an increase in interest expense as well as increase in expense from
the refinancing transactions which included $10.8
million attributable to the tender premium and consent fees paid in connection with the repurchase
of the senior subordinated notes. In addition, our working capital increased partially due to an
increase in our days sales outstanding to 48 days at
September 30, 2011 and a decrease in our liabilities due to the
timing of vendor payments and tax payments.
The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010
was primarily due to a decrease in working capital, primarily due to the timing of payments of
liabilities. Partially offsetting the decrease in working capital was an increase in accounts
receivable as our days sales outstanding increased from 46 days at September 30, 2009 to 47 days at
September 2010.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $82.5 million, $64.8 million and $61.8 million for
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Cash paid for acquisitions was $12.7 million, $49.3 million and $33.6 million for the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We acquired seven companies in both
fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 and four companies in fiscal 2009. In addition to the four companies
acquired in fiscal 2009, we paid an earn-out payment of $12.0 million for CareMeridian, which we
acquired in fiscal 2006.
Cash paid for property and equipment for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 was $20.9
million, or 2.0% of revenue, compared to $20.9 million, or 2.1% of revenue for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2010 and $27.4 million, or 2.9% of revenue for the fiscal year ended September
30, 2009. Fiscal 2010 cash paid for property and equipment included $1.2 million related to the
purchase of real estate and $0.3 million related to the implementation of a new billing system
compared to $4.4 million related to the purchase of real estate and $2.7 million related to the
implementation of a new billing system in fiscal 2009. We did not purchase real estate or spend on
the implementation of a new billing system in fiscal 2011.
In addition, during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, our restricted cash balance
increased by $49.9 million primarily due to $50.0 million which was deposited in a cash collateral
account in support of issuance of letters of credit under the institutional letter of credit
facility (the institutional letter of credit facility).
For fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 and 2009,
restricted cash included cash related to certain insurance coverage provided by our captive
insurance subsidiary. In connection with dissolution of the captive insurance subsidiary effective
September 30, 2010, we released $5.5 million of restricted cash into operating cash.
Investing activities for fiscal 2009 also included the purchase of $11.5 million of senior
floating rate toggle notes due 2014 (the NMH Holdings notes) issued by our indirect parent
company, NMH Holdings Inc. (NMH Holdings) for $6.6 million.
Financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $26.2 million for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2011 compared to $3.9 million and $11.9 million used in financing activities for the
fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
35
Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 include
the following items related to the refinancing transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of long-term debt |
|
$ |
(503.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt |
|
|
760.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend to Parent |
|
|
(206.4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Payments of financing costs |
|
|
(14.4 |
) |
See Debt and Refinancing Arrangements below for a description of the refinancing transactions.
In addition to the refinancing related items, net cash used in financing activities for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 included contingent consideration payments of $5.0 million. We
paid $3.4 million for the IFCS acquisition, which we acquired in fiscal 2009 and we paid $3.4
million for the Springbrook acquisition which we acquired in fiscal 2010. The IFCS payment is
reflected in the statements of cash flow as $3.4 million cash used in financing activities. The
Springbrook payment is reflected in the statements of cash flow as (i) $1.6 million cash used in
financing activities related to the liability recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date
and (ii) $1.7 million cash used in operating activities related to the fair value adjustments
previously recognized in earnings.
Also during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we paid a dividend of $1.5 million to
Parent, which used the proceeds of the dividend to make a distribution to NMH Holdings, Inc. (NMH
Holdings), which in turn used the proceeds of the distribution to pay a dividend of $1.5 million
to NMH Investment, LLC (NMH Investment). NMH Investment used the proceeds of the dividend to
repurchase its preferred and common equity units from certain employees upon or after their
departures.
Our financing activities for both fiscal 2010 and 2009 included the repayment of long term
debt of $3.7 million. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2009 included two dividend
payments to Parent for $8.0 million. During fiscal 2009, we paid a dividend of $7.0 million to
Parent, which used the proceeds of the dividend to make distributions to NMH Holdings. NMH Holdings
used the proceeds of the distribution to repurchase $13.9 million of the NMH Holdings notes. Also,
during fiscal 2009, we paid a dividend of $1.05 million to Parent, which used the proceeds of the
dividend to make a distribution to NMH Holdings, which in turn used the proceeds of the
distribution to pay a dividend of $1.05 million to NMH Investment. NMH Investment used the proceeds
of the dividend to make a contribution to its wholly owned subsidiary ESB Holdings, LLC, which is
an affiliate of the Company. ESB Holdings, in turn, used the proceeds to reimburse us for certain
expenses we had incurred on its behalf in connection with exploring a strategic initiative, which
reduced our corporate expense by $1.05 million.
Our principal sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities and available
borrowings under our senior revolver. During fiscal 2011, we borrowed
$30.6 million under our senior revolver and repaid the entire amount during the year.
At September 30, 2011, there was the full $75.0 million of availability under the senior revolver. We have continued to draw on the senior revolver during the first
quarter of fiscal 2012 and expect this will continue.
We believe that available funds will provide sufficient liquidity
and capital resources to meet our financial obligations for the next twelve months, including
scheduled principal and interest payments, as well as to provide funds for working capital,
acquisitions, capital expenditures and other needs. No assurance can be given, however, that this
will be the case. Our increased cash interest payments after the February refinancing and
our growth investments will reduce our free cash flow in the business.
Debt and Financing Arrangements
On February 9, 2011, we completed refinancing transactions, which included entering into a
senior credit agreement (the senior credit agreement) for senior secured credit facilities (the
senior secured credit facilities) and issuing $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
12.50% senior notes due 2018 (the senior notes). We used the net proceeds from the senior secured
credit facilities ($520.9 million) and the senior notes ($238.7 million), together with cash on
hand, to: (i) repay all amounts owing under our old senior secured credit facilities and our
mortgage facility; (ii) purchase $171.9 million of our senior subordinated notes; (iii) pay $9.6
million to NMH Holdings related to a tax sharing arrangement; (iv) declare a $219.7 million
dividend to Parent, which in turn made a distribution to NMH Holdings, which used $206.4 million
cash proceeds of the distribution to repurchase $210.9 million principal amount of the NMH Holdings
notes at a premium, not including $13.3 million principal amount of NMH Holdings notes we held as an
investment and that were also repurchased; and (v) pay related fees and expenses.
36
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
We entered into senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a (i) six-year $530.0 million
term loan facility (the term loan), of which $50.0 million was deposited in a cash collateral
account in support of issuance of letters of credit under the institutional letter of credit
facility and a (ii) $75.0 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the senior
revolver). All of our obligations
under the senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Parent and certain of our
existing subsidiaries. The obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a
pledge of 100% of our capital stock and the capital stock of domestic subsidiaries owned by us and
any other domestic subsidiary guarantor and 65% of the capital stock of any first tier foreign
subsidiaries, and a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets
and the tangible and intangible assets of Parent and each guarantor.
At our option, we may add one or more new term loan facilities or increase the commitments
under the senior revolver (collectively, the incremental borrowings) in an aggregate amount of up
to $125.0 million so long as certain conditions, including a consolidated leverage ratio (as
defined in the senior credit agreement) of not more than 6.00 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis, are
satisfied. The covenants in the indenture governing the senior notes effectively limit the amount
of incremental borrowings that we may incur to not more than $75.0 million.
The senior credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict,
subject to certain exceptions, our ability to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) create liens
on assets; (iii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends and
distributions or repurchase our capital stock; (vi) make capital expenditures; (vii) make
investments, loans or advances; (viii) repay certain indebtedness; (ix) engage in certain
transactions with affiliates; (x) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; (xi) amend material
agreements governing certain of our indebtedness; (xii) change our lines of business; (xiii) make
certain acquisitions; (xiv) change the status of NMH Holdings as a passive holding company; and
(xv) use the cash in the letter of credit cash collateral account. If we withdraw any of the $50.0
million from the cash collateral account supporting the issuance of letters of credit, we must use
the cash to either prepay the term loan facility or to secure any other obligations under the
senior secured credit facilities in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the administrative agent.
The senior credit agreement contains affirmative covenants and events of default. The
senior credit agreement also requires us to maintain certain financial covenants, as described
under Covenants below.
Term loan
The $530.0 million term loan was issued at a price equal to 98.5% of its face value and
amortizes one percent per year, paid quarterly, with the remaining balance payable at maturity. The
senior credit agreement also includes a provision for the prepayment of a portion of the
outstanding term loan amounts beginning in fiscal 2011 equal to an amount ranging from 0 to 50% of
a calculated amount, depending on our leverage ratio, if we generate certain levels of cash flow,
sell certain assets or incur other indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions. We are required to
repay the term loan portion of the senior credit facilities in quarterly principal installments of
0.25% of the principal amount, with the balance payable at maturity. The variable interest rate on
the term loan bears interest at (i) a rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate (b) the
federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month
beginning on such day plus 100 basis points, plus 4.25%; or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (provided that
the rate shall not be less than 1.75% per annum), plus 5.25%, at our option. At September 30, 2011,
the variable interest rate on the term loan was 7.0%.
Senior revolver
We
had no borrowings and the full $75.0 million of availability under the senior revolver at September
30, 2011 and had $35.9 million of standby letters of credit issued under the institutional letter
of credit facility primarily related to our workers compensation insurance coverage. Letters of
credit can be issued under our institutional letter of credit facility up to the $50.0 million
credit collateral account. Letters of credit in excess of that amount reduce availability under our
senior revolver. The interest rates for any borrowings under the senior revolver are the same as
outlined for the term loan.
The senior revolver includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for
borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as the swingline loans. Any issuance of letters of
credit or making of a swingline loan will reduce the amount available under the senior revolver.
Senior Notes
On February 9, 2011, we issued $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior
notes at a price equal to 97.737% of their face value. The senior notes mature on February 15, 2018
and bear interest at a rate of 12.50% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15
of each year, beginning on August 15, 2011. The senior notes are our unsecured obligations and are
fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by certain
of our existing subsidiaries.
37
We may redeem the senior notes at our option, in whole or part, at any time prior to February
15, 2014, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the senior notes redeemed plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. We may redeem
the senior notes, in whole or in part, on or after February 15, 2014, at the redemption prices set
forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or
before February 15, 2014, we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of
the senior notes at a redemption price equal to 112.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity
offerings, so long as at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes
remain outstanding after each such redemption.
Covenants
The senior credit agreement and the indenture governing the senior notes contain negative
financial and non-financial covenants, including, among other things, limitations on our ability to
incur additional debt, transfer or sell assets, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other
distributions or investments, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. We were in
compliance with these covenants as of September 30, 2011. In addition, in the case of the senior
credit agreement, we are required to maintain at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with
the quarter ending September 30, 2011, a consolidated leverage ratio of not more than 7.25 to 1.00.
This consolidated leverage ratio will step down over time, starting with the quarter ending
December 31, 2012. The consolidated leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of total debt, net of
cash and cash equivalents, to consolidated adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit
agreement, for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters. We are also required to maintain
at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending September 30, 2011, a
consolidated interest coverage ratio of at least 1.30 to 1.00. This interest coverage ratio will
step up over time, starting with the quarter ending March 31, 2012. The consolidated interest
coverage ratio is defined as the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest
expense, both as defined under the senior credit agreement, for the most recently completed four
fiscal quarters.
As of September 30, 2011, our consolidated leverage ratio was 6.22 to 1.00, as calculated in
accordance with the senior credit agreement and our consolidated interest coverage ratio was 1.62
to 1.00, as calculated in accordance with the senior credit agreement. As of September 30, 2011,
total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents, was $733.9 million. Under the senior credit
agreement, consolidated adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest expense and
interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to add back certain
non-cash charges, fees under the management agreement with our equity sponsor, proceeds of business
insurance, certain expenses incurred under indemnification or refunding provisions for
acquisitions, certain start-up losses, non-cash compensation expense, transaction bonuses, unusual
or non-recurring losses, charges, severance costs and relocation costs and deductions attributable
to minority interests, business optimization expenses and further adjusted to subtract unusual or
non-recurring income or gains, income tax credits to the extent not netted, non-cash income and
interest income and gains on interest rate hedges, and further adjusted for certain other items
including EBITDA and pro forma adjustments from acquired businesses and exclusion of discontinued
operations.
Set forth below is a reconciliation of consolidated adjusted EBITDA, as calculated under the
credit agreement, to net loss for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters ended September
30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(34,142 |
) |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax |
|
|
5,028 |
|
Benefit for income taxes |
|
|
(14,427 |
) |
Gain from available for sale investment security |
|
|
(3,018 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
(22 |
) |
Interest income from related party |
|
|
(684 |
) |
Interest expense |
|
|
61,718 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
61,901 |
|
Extinguishment of debt |
|
|
19,278 |
|
Non-cash impairment charge |
|
|
5,993 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
3,675 |
|
Restructuring expense |
|
|
2,984 |
|
Discretionary recognition bonuses |
|
|
2,361 |
|
Management fee of related party |
|
|
1,271 |
|
Lease termination fee |
|
|
713 |
|
Acquisition costs |
|
|
673 |
|
Claims made insurance liability |
|
|
580 |
|
Terminated transaction costs |
|
|
549 |
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets |
|
|
(56 |
) |
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
(479 |
) |
Franchise taxes, transaction fees, costs, and expenses |
|
|
(5 |
) |
Acquired EBITDA |
|
|
2,273 |
|
Operating losses from new starts |
|
|
1,812 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated adjusted EBITDA per the senior credit agreement |
|
$ |
117,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
38
Set forth below is an annualized calculation of consolidated interest expense as of September
30, 2011, as calculated under the credit agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Senior term B loan |
|
$ |
37,545 |
|
Senior subordinated notes |
|
|
31,410 |
|
Interest rate swap agreements |
|
|
3,230 |
|
Unused line of credit |
|
|
429 |
|
Capital leases |
|
|
299 |
|
Standby letters of credit |
|
|
92 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated interest expense per the senior credit agreement |
|
$ |
72,982 |
|
|
|
|
|
The consolidated leverage ratio and the consolidated interest coverage ratios are material
components of the senior credit agreement and non-compliance with these ratios could prevent us
from borrowing under the senior revolver and would result in a default under the senior credit
agreement.
Contractual Commitments Summary
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of September 30,
2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1 Year |
|
|
1-3 Years |
|
|
3-5 Years |
|
|
5 Years |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Long-term debt obligations(1) |
|
$ |
1,176,189 |
|
|
$ |
73,938 |
|
|
$ |
146,544 |
|
|
$ |
145,137 |
|
|
$ |
810,570 |
|
Operating lease obligations(2) |
|
|
145,004 |
|
|
|
38,811 |
|
|
|
54,082 |
|
|
|
30,657 |
|
|
|
21,454 |
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
6,774 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
|
|
682 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
|
|
5,008 |
|
Standby letters of credit |
|
|
35,924 |
|
|
|
35,924 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total obligations and commitments(3) |
|
$ |
1,363,891 |
|
|
$ |
148,985 |
|
|
$ |
201,308 |
|
|
$ |
176,566 |
|
|
$ |
837,032 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts represent the
principal amount of our long-term debt and the expected cash payments for interest on our long-term debt based on the interest
rates in place and amounts outstanding at September 30, 2011. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes the fixed rent payable under the leases and does not include
additional amounts, such as taxes, that may be payable under the
leases. |
|
(3) |
|
The table above does not include $4.9 million of unrecognized tax
benefits for uncertain tax positions and $2.3 million of associated
accrued interest and penalties. Due to the high degree of uncertainty
regarding the timing of potential future cash flows, we are unable to
reasonably estimate the amount and period in which these liabilities
might be paid. |
Inflation
We do not believe that general inflation in the U.S. economy has had a material impact on our
financial position or results of operations.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet transactions or interests.
39
Critical Accounting Policies
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based
upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
We believe our application of accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required
therein, are reasonable. These accounting policies and estimates are constantly reevaluated, and
adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.
The following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates
used in the preparation of our financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is reported net of allowances for unauthorized sales and estimated sales adjustments.
Revenue is also reported net of any state provider taxes or gross receipts taxes levied on services
we provide. Sales adjustments are estimated based on an analysis of historical sales adjustments
and recent developments in the payment trends. Revenue is recognized when evidence of an
arrangement exists, the service has been provided, the price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured.
We recognize revenue for services performed pursuant to contracts with various state and local
government agencies and private health care agencies as follows: cost-reimbursement contract
revenue is recognized at the time the service costs are incurred and units-of-service contract
revenue is recognized at the time the service is provided. For our cost-reimbursement contracts,
the rate provided by the payor is based on a certain level of service and types of costs incurred
in delivering the service. From time to time, we receive payments under cost-reimbursement
contracts in excess of the allowable costs required to support those payments. In such instances,
we estimate and record a liability for such excess payments. At the end of the contract period, any
balance of excess payments is maintained as a liability until it is reimbursed to the payor.
Revenue in the future may be affected by changes in rate-setting structures, methodologies or
interpretations that may be enacted in states where we operate or by the federal government.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from government agencies, not-for-profit
providers and commercial insurance companies. An estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is
recorded to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be
collected. In evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable, we consider a number of
factors, including payment trends in individual states, age of the accounts and the status of
ongoing disputes with third party payors. Complex rules and regulations regarding billing and
timely filing requirements in various states are also a factor in our assessment of the
collectibility of accounts receivable. Actual collections of accounts receivable in subsequent
periods may require changes in the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts. Changes in these
estimates are charged or credited to revenue as a contractual allowance in the consolidated statements of
operations in the period of the change in estimate.
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
We review costs of purchased businesses in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired
(goodwill), and indefinite-life intangible assets for impairment at least annually, unless
significant changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment may have occurred sooner. We
conduct our annual impairment test for both goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets on July
1 of each year.
We are required to test goodwill on a reporting unit basis, which is the same level as our
operating segments. We perform a two-step impairment test. The first step is to compare the fair
value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit
exceeds its fair value then the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed. The
second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting units
goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill in order to determine the amount of impairment
to be recognized. The excess of the carrying value of goodwill above the implied goodwill, if any,
would be recognized as an impairment charge. Fair values are established using discounted cash flow
and comparative market multiple methods.
40
The impairment test for indefinite-life intangible assets requires the determination of the
fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the indefinite-life intangible asset is
less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the
difference. Fair values are established using the Relief from Royalty Method.
The fair value of a reporting unit is based on discounted estimated future cash flows. The
assumptions used to estimate fair value include managements best estimates of future growth,
capital expenditures, discount rates and market conditions over an estimate of the remaining
operating period. As such, actual results may differ from these estimates and lead to a revaluation
of our goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets. If updated estimates indicate that the fair
value of goodwill or any indefinite-life intangibles is less than the carrying value of the asset,
an impairment charge is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the period of the change in
estimate.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We review long-lived assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying amount of
an asset may not be recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset. If the
carrying amount of the asset is determined not to be recoverable, a write-down to fair value is
recorded.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred
tax assets and liabilities are determined by multiplying the differences between the financial
reporting and tax reporting bases for assets and liabilities by the enacted tax rates expected to
be in effect when such differences are recovered or settled. These deferred tax assets and
liabilities are separated into current and long-term amounts based on the classification of the
related assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and netted by jurisdiction.
Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets are estimated based on our assessment of the
realizability of such amounts.
We also recognize the benefits of tax positions when certain criteria are satisfied. Companies
may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not
that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the
technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such
a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent
likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize interest and penalties related
to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense which is consistent with the
recognition of these items in prior reporting periods.
Stock-Based Compensation
NMH Investment, our indirect parent, adopted an equity-based compensation plan, and
issued units of limited liability company interests consisting of Class B Units, Class C Units,
Class D Units, Class E Units and Class F Units pursuant to such plan. The units are limited
liability company interests and are available for issuance to our employees and members of the
Board of Directors for incentive purposes. For purposes of determining the compensation expense
associated with these grants, management values the business enterprise using a variety of widely
accepted valuation techniques which considered a number of factors such as our financial
performance, the values of comparable companies and the lack of marketability of our equity. We
then used the option pricing method to determine the fair value of these units at the time of grant
using valuation assumptions consisting of the expected term in which the units will be realized; a
risk-free interest rate equal to the U.S. federal treasury bond rate consistent with the term
assumption; expected dividend yield, for which there is none; and expected volatility based on the
historical data of equity instruments of comparable companies. The estimated fair value of the
units, less an assumed forfeiture rate, is recognized in expense on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service periods of the awards.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We report derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value and establish
criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives are recorded each period in current operations or in
shareholders equity as accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) depending upon whether the derivative is designated as part of a hedge
transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction.
41
We, from time to time, enter into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against variability
in cash flows resulting from fluctuations in the benchmark interest rate, which is LIBOR, on our
debt. These agreements involve the exchange of variable interest rates for
fixed interest rates over the life of the swap agreement without an exchange of the notional
amount upon which the payments are based. On a quarterly basis, the differential to be received or
paid as interest rates change is accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations. In addition, on a quarterly basis the mark to
market valuation is recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a change to
shareholders equity, net of tax. The related amount receivable from or payable to counterparties
is included as an asset or liability, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets.
Available-for-Sale Securities
Our investments in related party marketable debt securities have been classified as
available-for-sale securities and, accordingly, are valued at fair value at the end of each
reporting period. Unrealized gains and losses arising from such valuation are reported, net of
tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
Accruals for Self-Insurance
We maintain employment practices liability, professional and general liability, workers
compensation, automobile liability and health insurance with policies that include self-insured
retentions. We record expenses related to claims on an incurred basis, which includes estimates of
fully developed losses for both reported and unreported claims. The accruals for the health and
workers compensation, automobile and professional and general liability programs are based on
analyses performed internally by management and may take into account reports by independent third
parties. Accruals relating to prior periods are periodically reevaluated and increased or decreased
based on new information. Changes in estimates are charged or credited to the consolidated statements of
operations in a period subsequent to the change in estimate.
Legal Contingencies
We are regularly involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings in the operation of our
business. We reserve for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is
reasonably estimable. While we believe our provision for legal contingencies is adequate, the
outcome of our legal proceedings is difficult to predict and we may settle legal claims or be
subject to judgments for amounts that differ from our estimates. In addition, legal contingencies
could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in any given future reporting
period. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors for additional information.
|
|
|
Item 7A. |
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk |
We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our outstanding variable rate debt.
To reduce the interest rate exposure related to the variable debt, we entered into an interest rate
swap in a notional amount of $400.0 million effective March 31, 2011 and ending September 30, 2014.
Under the terms of the swap, we receive from the counterparty a quarterly payment based on a rate
equal to the greater of 3-month LIBOR and 1.75% per annum, and we make payments to the counterparty
based on a fixed rate of 2.5465% per annum, in each case on the notional amount of $400.0 million,
settled on a net payment basis. Based on the applicable margin of 5.25% under our term loan
facility, this swap effectively fixes our cost of borrowing for $400.0 million of our term loan
debt at 7.7965% per annum for the term of the swap.
As a result of the interest rate swap, the variable rate debt outstanding was effectively
reduced from $527.4 million outstanding to $127.4 million outstanding as of September 30, 2011. The
variable rate debt outstanding relates to the term loan and the senior revolver, which bear
interest at (i) a rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate (b) the federal funds rate plus
1/2 of 1% and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day
plus 100 basis points, plus 4.25%; or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (provided that the rate shall not be
less than 1.75% per annum), plus 5.25%, at our option. A 1% increase in the interest rate on our
floating rate debt would increase cash interest expense on the floating rate debt by approximately
$1.3 million per annum.
|
|
|
Item 8. |
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
Our
consolidated financial statements required by this Item are on pages F-1 through F-32 of
this report.
|
|
|
Item 9. |
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
Not applicable.
42
|
|
|
Item 9A. |
|
Controls and Procedures |
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that information required to be
disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized
and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and is
accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the President
(principal executive officers) and the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), to
allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. There are inherent limitations to the
effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of
human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. As of September 30,
2011, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, with the
participation of our principal executive officers and principal financial officer, has evaluated
the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officers and
principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as
of September 30, 2011.
(b) Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d 15(f) of the Exchange Act. Internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our
principal executive and principal financial officers, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Companys internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2011.
Managements evaluation did not include assessing the internal controls of seven businesses
that were acquired by us in purchase business combination transactions during fiscal 2011. The
combined financial statements of these companies are included in our consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, and
represented 3.8% of our total assets
as of September 30, 2011 and 1.2% of our net revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30,
2011.
(b) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, we began to transition certain field billing and
accounts receivable functions into a centralized shared services center. This centralization is
expected to continue in a phased approach over the next several years. As part of this
centralization, as well as the continued implementation of our new billing and accounts receivable
system for additional business units, we continue to refine and optimize our new billing and
accounts receivable process and related system in a majority of our operations. This has affected,
and will continue to affect, the processes that impact our internal control over financial
reporting. We will continue to review the related controls and may take additional steps to ensure
that they remain effective.
Except for the continuing centralization and optimization of our billing and accounts
receivable process and related system, during the most recent fiscal quarter, there were no
significant changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected,
or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting
firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Managements report was not subject to
attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to an exemption for issuers that are
not large accelerated filers nor accelerated filers set forth in Section 989G of the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
|
|
|
Item 9B. |
|
Other Information |
Not applicable.
43
PART III
|
|
|
Item 10. |
|
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our directors and
executive officers as of December 1, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
|
Position |
Gregory T. Torres
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
Chairman and Director |
Edward M. Murphy
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Bruce F. Nardella
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer |
Denis M. Holler
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
Robert M. Melia
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Cambridge Operating Group President |
David M. Petersen
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Redwood Operating Group President |
Jeffrey M. Cohen
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
Chief Information Officer |
Linda DeRenzo
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Secretary |
Kathleen P. Federico
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Chief Human Resources Officer |
Dwight D. Robson
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
Chief Public Strategy and Marketing Officer |
Chris A. Durbin
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Director |
James L. Elrod, Jr.
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Director |
Pamela F. Lenehan
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Director |
Kevin A. Mundt
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Director |
Guy Sansone
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Director |
Directors are elected at the annual meeting of our sole stockholder and hold office until the
next annual meeting or a special meeting in lieu thereof, and until their successors are elected
and qualified, or upon their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships
between any of the directors and executive officers listed in the table. There are no arrangements
or understandings between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which he or she
was selected as an officer.
Gregory T. Torres has served as Chairman of the board of directors since September 2004. He
was also the Companys Chief Executive Officer from January 1996 to January 2005, as well as its
President from January 1996 until September 2004. Mr. Torres joined MENTOR in 1980 as a member of
its first board of directors. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Torres held prominent positions
within the public sector, including chief of staff of the Massachusetts Senate Committee on Ways
and Means and assistant secretary of human services. Since May 2007, Mr. Torres has been president
and chief executive officer of the Massachusetts Institute for a New Commonwealth (MassINC), an
independent, nonpartisan research and educational institute in Boston. Mr. Torres was selected as a
director for his knowledge and experience in the human services industry, in the nonprofit, public
and private sectors.
Edward M. Murphy has served as Chief Executive Officer since January 2005 and was elected to
the Board of Directors in September 2004. He also served as our President from September 2004 until
December 2009. Mr. Murphy founded Alliance Health and Human Services, Inc. (Alliance) in 1999 and
served as the organizations President and CEO until September 2004. Prior to founding Alliance, he
was a Senior Vice President at Tucker Anthony and President and Chief Operating Officer of Olympus
Healthcare Group. Mr. Murphy is a former Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Youth
Services and the Massachusetts Department of Mental Health, and the former Executive Director of
the Massachusetts Health and Educational Facilities Authority. Mr. Murphy was selected as a
director for his knowledge and experience in finance and the human services industry and experience
in the public, private and nonprofit sectors.
44
Bruce F. Nardella was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer in December 2009, after
being appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in May 2007. Mr. Nardella
joined MENTOR in 1996 as a state director and in May 2003 he was named President of our Eastern
Division. Prior to that, he was a deputy commissioner for the Massachusetts Department of Youth
Services.
Denis M. Holler has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since May 2007. Mr.
Holler was named Senior Vice President of Finance in January 2002 and led the Companys corporate
finance functions through the 2006 purchase by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. In addition to
overseeing all finance functions of the Company, he manages external relationships with our equity
sponsor, banking partners and high-yield investors. Prior to joining MENTOR in October 2000 as Vice
President of Financial Operations, Mr. Holler was Chief Financial Officer of the Fortress
Corporation.
Robert M. Melia was named Cambridge Operating Group President on March 4, 2011, having joined
the Company in November 2007, first as the head of our affiliated employment services business and
then as Senior Vice President, Mergers & Acquisitions. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Melia was
employed at Maximus, Inc. from 1998 to 2007, ending as President of the Workforce Services
Division. He also served for 12 years in a variety of positions at Massachusetts state agencies.
David M. Petersen served as our Senior Vice President and President of our Central Division
from May 2003 until being named Senior Vice President and Redwood Operating Group President in June
2007. Prior to joining MENTOR, Mr. Petersen worked for REM since 1972, having managed various
operations in Minnesota, Montana, North Dakota and Wisconsin.
Jeffrey M. Cohen joined the Company as its Chief Information Officer on November 9, 2011.
From 2008 until joining MENTOR, Mr. Cohen served as Vice President of Information Technology for
Magellan Biosciences, a private equity backed medical device company, where he oversaw the
strategic transformation of Magellans worldwide IT and communications systems. Prior to that, Mr.
Cohen was Director of Information Technology at Biogen Idec, where he was responsible for its ERP,
SOX program and ancillary systems for finance, human resources, legal and business development. He
started his career at Cambridge Technology Partners, in various consulting roles culminating as a
Vice President for its eBusiness practice.
Linda DeRenzo was named our Chief Legal Officer on March 4, 2011, and has served as our
General Counsel and Secretary since March 2006. Ms. DeRenzo oversees the litigation and risk
management, regulatory compliance, labor and employment and corporate legal functions. An 18-year
business law veteran before joining the Company, Ms. DeRenzo represented high-growth companies and
their financiers in a variety of industries including information technology, life sciences and
health services. Prior to joining MENTOR, Ms. DeRenzo was a partner at Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault,
LLP in Boston from 1992 to 2004.
Kathleen P. Federico joined the Company in December 2008 as our Senior Vice President, Human
Resources, and was named our Chief Human Resources Officer on March 4, 2011. From 2005 until
joining MENTOR, Ms. Federico served as Senior Vice President, Sales and Human Resources, for World
Travel Holdings in Woburn, Massachusetts, and was its Senior Vice President, Human Resources, from
2002 to 2005. Prior to that, she served as Vice President of Human Resources for KaBloom LLC, NE
Restaurant Company and Sodexho Marriott Services. Ms. Federico was also Chief Operating Officer for
Sheehan Associates, an employee benefits brokerage firm.
Dwight D. Robson was named Chief Public Strategy and Marketing Officer on March 4, 2011 after
serving as Vice President of Public Strategy since joining MENTOR in 2003. He leads the work of
the Public Strategy Group, which is responsible for developing and implementing the Companys
agenda with respect to communications, investor relations, marketing and proposal development, and
government and community affairs. Mr. Robsons experience prior to joining the Company includes
senior policy and management positions in Massachusetts state government, most recently as
Assistant State Treasurer.
Chris A. Durbin was elected to our board of directors on December 3, 2010. He is a Managing
Director in the Vestar Resources group of Vestar Capital Partners. Before joining Vestar in 2007,
Mr. Durbin was Managing Director of Strategy and Business Development in Bank of Americas Global
Wealth and Investment business from 2001 to 2007. Prior to this, he worked at Mercer Management
Consulting and Corporate Decisions, Inc., where he designed and implemented growth strategies for
clients including several Vestar portfolio companies. Mr. Durbin was selected as a director for his
knowledge and experience in strategy and operations.
James L. Elrod, Jr. joined our board of directors in June 2006. Mr. Elrod is a Managing
Director of Vestar Capital Partners, having joined Vestar in 1998. Previously, he was Executive
Vice President, Finance and Operations for Physicians Health Service, a public managed care
company. Prior to that, he was a Managing Director and Partner of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. Mr. Elrod
is currently a
director of Radiation Therapy Services, Inc. Mr. Elrod was
selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in finance and the health care industry.
45
Pamela F. Lenehan was elected to our board of directors in December 2008. Ms. Lenehan has
served as President of Ridge Hill Consulting, a strategy consulting firm, since 2002. Prior to
this, Ms. Lenehan was self-employed as a private investor. From 2000 to 2001, she was vice
president and chief financial officer of Convergent Networks. From 1995 to 2000, she was senior
vice president of corporate development and treasurer of Oak Industries Inc. Prior to that, Ms.
Lenehan was a Managing Director in Credit Suisse First Bostons Investment Banking division and a
vice president of Corporate Banking at Chase Manhattan Bank. Ms. Lenehan is currently a member of
the boards of directors of Spartech Corporation, where she is also
the chair of the Compensation
Committee, Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., where she is a member of
the Audit Committee and chair
of the Compensation Committee and American Superconductor Corporation where she chairs the
Audit Committee. From 2001 to 2007 she was a member of the board of directors of Avid Technology
and at various times chair of the board, chair of the Audit Committee and a member of the
Compensation Committee. Ms. Lenehan was selected as a director for her knowledge and experience in
finance and strategy and holds an Advanced Professional Director Certification from the American
College of Corporate Directors, a national public company director education organization.
Kevin A. Mundt joined our board of directors in March 2008. He is a Managing Director at
Vestar Capital Partners, and is President of the Vestar Resources group. Before joining Vestar in
2004, Mr. Mundt spent 23 years as a strategy and operations consultant specializing in consumer
products, retailing and multi-point distribution, as well as healthcare and industrial marketing.
For 11 of those years, Mr. Mundt was a strategic adviser to Vestar, and served on the boards of
several Vestar portfolio companies. He began his consulting career at Bain and Company, and went on
from there to co-found Corporate Decisions, Inc. When that firm was acquired by Marsh and McLennan,
Mr. Mundt became a Managing Director of Marsh and McLennans financial consulting arm, Mercer
Oliver Wyman. Mr. Mundt is currently Chairman of the Board for Solo Cup Company and a Director at
Del Monte Foods, MediMedia and The Sun Products Corp., companies in which Vestar or its affiliates
have a significant equity interest. Mr. Mundt was selected as a director for his knowledge and
experience in strategy and operations.
Guy Sansone was elected to our Board of Directors in December 2009. Mr. Sansone is a Managing
Director at Alvarez & Marsal in New York and serves as head of its Healthcare Industry Group. Over
the past 20 years, he has invested in and consulted as an executive to numerous companies, focusing
on developing and evaluating strategic and operating alternatives designed to enhance value. While
at Alvarez & Marsal, Mr. Sansone served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer
at Saint Vincent Catholic Medical Centers in New York from October 2005 to August 2007 and as
interim Chief Financial Officer of HealthSouth Corporation from March 2003 to October 2004, among
other positions. He most recently served as Chief Restructuring Officer for Erickson Retirement
Communities, which filed for bankruptcy protection in October 2009. Mr. Sansone was a director of
Rotech Healthcare, Inc. from March 2002 to August 2005. Mr. Sansone was selected as a director for
his knowledge and experience in strategy and operations, with an emphasis on the health care
industry.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees,
including our principal executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer. The
MENTOR Network Code of Conduct is publicly available on our website at www.thementornetwork.com,
via a link from our Quality page under the tab Compliance. If we make any substantive
amendments to the Code, or grant any waiver from a provision of the Code to our principal executive
officers, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer, we will disclose the nature
of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K.
Audit
Committee Financial Expert
The
Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Lenehan, the chairman of the Companys Audit
Committee, is an Audit Committee financial expert. Our securities are not listed on any stock
exchange, so we are not subject to listing standards requiring that
we maintain an Audit Committee
consisting of independent directors, but Ms. Lenehan would likely qualify as an independent
director based on the definition of independent director set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq
Stock Market, LLC Listing Rules.
|
|
|
Item 11. |
|
Executive Compensation |
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
General Overview. The Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of NMH Investment. NMH
Investment is beneficially owned by Vestar and certain affiliates, certain of our directors and
members of our management team. The Companys directors include representatives of Vestar (Chris
Durbin, James Elrod Jr. and Kevin Mundt) and management (Gregory Torres and Edward Murphy), as well
as two outside directors (Pamela Lenehan and Guy Sansone). Messrs. Elrod, Durbin and Sansone serve
as members of the Companys Compensation Committee. Mr. Elrod was the Committees chairman until
December 2, 2011, when Mr. Durbin was elected chairman.
46
In connection with the Companys acquisition by Vestar on June 29, 2006 (the Merger), the
Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer,
Edward Murphy. It also entered into severance agreements with its other executive officers,
including Bruce Nardella, the Companys President and Chief Operating Officer, Denis Holler, the
Companys Chief Financial Officer, David Petersen, President of the Redwood Operating Group, and
Linda DeRenzo, the Companys Chief Legal Officer, and, subsequently upon his hire, Robert Melia,
President of the Cambridge Operating Group. The compensation paid to Mr. Murphy reflects
negotiations at the time of the Merger. Messrs. Holler, Nardella, Petersen and Melia and Ms.
DeRenzo have all received raises since the Merger, upon being promoted or otherwise. As of
September 30, 2011, the Companys executive officers have invested approximately $3.0 million in
the Preferred Units and Class A Common Units of NMH Investment.
Following the Merger, in January 2007, members of the Companys management, including the
executive officers, were awarded grants of Class B, Class C and Class D Common Units in NMH
Investment. Messrs. Holler and Nardella were awarded additional grants of Class B, Class C and
Class D Common Units following their promotions in fiscal 2007, Mr. Melia was awarded grants of
Class B, Class C and Class D Common Units in fiscal 2008, and the Companys executive officers were
awarded further grants of Class D Common Units in fiscal 2008. Following the Refinancing, in June
2011, certain members of the Companys management, including the executive officers, were awarded
grants of Class F Common Units in NMH Investment. Throughout this analysis, Messrs. Murphy, Holler,
Nardella, Petersen and Melia and Ms. DeRenzo are referred to as the named executive officers.
Compensation Policies and Practices. The primary objectives of our executive compensation
program are to:
|
|
|
attract and retain top executive talent; |
|
|
|
achieve accountability for performance by linking annual cash incentive awards to
achievement of measurable performance objectives; and |
|
|
|
align executives incentives with equity value creation. |
Our executive compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers to
operate the business in a manner that enhances equity value. The primary objective of our
compensation program is to align the interests of our executive officers with our equityholders
short- and long-term interests. This is accomplished by awarding a significant portion of our
executives overall compensation based on our financial performance, specifically, revenue and
achievement of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA (with
certain adjustments). This year, we also provided a one-time discretionary recognition bonus to our
executive officers and others after the successful Refinancing which closed on February 9, 2011.
We also created a new class of equity, the Class F Common Units, and made substantial equity grants
to our executive officers. Our compensation philosophy provides for a direct relationship between
compensation and the achievement of our goals and seeks to include management in upside rewards.
We seek to achieve an overall compensation program that provides foundational elements such as
base salary and benefits, as well as an opportunity for variable incentive compensation that
constitutes a significant portion of an executive officers annual compensation in order to drive
the Companys achievement of performance goals.
The Companys executive compensation program is overseen by the Compensation Committee (the
Committee) of the Companys Board of Directors. The role of the Committee is, among other things,
to review and approve salaries and other compensation of the executive officers of the Company, to
review and recommend equity grants under NMH Investments equity plan, and to review and approve
the annual cash incentive plan in which the executive officers participate.
47
Elements of Compensation. Each element of the executive compensation program works to fulfill
one or more of the objectives of the program. The elements of our compensation program are as
follows:
|
|
|
annual cash bonus incentives; |
|
|
|
one-time cash recognition bonus in fiscal 2011; |
|
|
|
long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity-based units; |
|
|
|
severance benefits and equity vesting upon a change in control; and |
Our base salary structure is designed to recognize the contributions of our senior management
team. Our annual bonuses are designed to reward executive officers for achievement of annual
objectives tied to EBITDA (with certain adjustments) and revenue. Our equity component of
compensation, in the form of equity units in NMH Investment, is designed to reward equity value
creation. The discretionary recognition bonuses were designed to reward contributions to enabling
the successful Refinancing. Set forth below is a description of each element, including why we
have chosen to pay the element, how we determine the amount to be paid and how each compensation
element fits into our overall compensation objectives.
Base Salary. Base salary provides executives with a fixed amount of compensation paid on a
regular basis throughout the year. The Committees charter charges the Committee with reviewing and
determining each executives base salary on an annual basis. Effective February 28, 2011, the
Compensation Committee increased Mr. Hollers salary from $275,000 to $285,000, Mr. Petersens
salary from $260,000 to $270,000, Mr. Melias salary from $240,000 to $260,000 and Ms. DeRenzos
salary from $235,000 to $250,000. Factors considered in increasing these base salaries included
the level and scope of responsibilities and a comparison with the base pay of the Companys other
executive officers, who are named in Item 10. The named executive officers base salaries were
reviewed again in December 2011 as required by the Committees charter, and they were left
unchanged.
Annual Incentive Compensation. In addition to base salary, each named executive officer
participates in The MENTOR Network Incentive Compensation Plan, an annual cash incentive plan,
which constitutes the variable, performance-based component of an executives cash compensation.
The objective of this element of executive compensation is to drive individual performance and the
achievement of organizational goals. The plan provides the executive officers with the opportunity
to earn significant annual cash bonuses. The annual incentive plan for fiscal 2011 was structured
to provide incentive compensation based upon the Companys attainment of certain financial targets
for the fiscal 2011, which were approved by the Compensation Committee, and individual performance
on quality. For fiscal 2011, the incentive compensation payout opportunity for Messrs. Holler,
Petersen and Melia and Ms. DeRenzo was 25% of base salary at the threshold performance level, 50%
at target level and 75% at the maximum level. Mr. Nardellas incentive compensation payout
opportunity was 37.5%, 75% and 112.5% at the threshold, target and maximum levels, respectively.
Mr. Murphys incentive compensation payout opportunity was 50%, 100% and 150% at the threshold,
target and maximum levels, respectively.
The achievement of the payout targets is challenging, and the payout scale is designed to
drive performance. For the named executive officers to receive any payout, the Company must achieve
a minimum threshold of 92.5% of its adjusted EBITDA and revenue goals. For the named executive
officers to receive their maximum payout, the Company must achieve at least 107.5% of its adjusted
EBITDA and revenue goals. Payouts for performance levels between threshold and maximum are
calculated proportionately. Under the terms of the plan, the incentive compensation is calculated
by first determining potential incentive compensation based on the achievement of the goals for
EBITDA (weighted 75%) and revenue (weighted 25%). This initial amount can be reduced by 10% for
failure to achieve the free cash flow goal, and by up to 100% for the failure to meet individual
quality goals. It can also be increased from a discretionary pool, if any, that arises when there
are reductions under the Plan for failure to meet goals, and from a discretionary 3% pool. In April
2011, the Committee approved the following financial targets for fiscal 2011: adjusted EBITDA of
$117.9 million, revenue of $1.101 billion and free cash flows of $17.5 million. These financial
targets exclude the Companys acquisition activity. The Committee chose these targets as
profitability continues to be a major objective of the Company, while the focus on revenue is meant
to incentivize management to expand the Companys overall business and not just its EBITDA. Free
cash
flows are essential to repay debt and fund the Companys growth and investment in
infrastructure, and quality is central to our mission and vital to ensure that profitability is
achieved only through delivery of safe and effective services. In December 2011, the Committee
effectively reduced the adjusted EBITDA target by $3.8 million for fiscal 2011, neutralizing the
impact on incentive compensation of the Companys decision to grant the one-time bonuses to direct
care workers.
48
This year, the Company came close to meeting its financial goals, achieving 97.2% of the
adjusted EBITDA goal and 97.9% of the revenue goal. The Company achieved its goal for free cash
flows. As a result, the named executive officers were eligible to receive 86.4% of the payout
that was achievable had the targets been met.
On October 28, 2011, the Company amended and restated The MENTOR Network Incentive
Compensation Plan, and it amended and restated it again on December 27, 2011, effective October
1, 2011. The amended and restated plan applies to fiscal years beginning with fiscal 2012. The
threshold, target and maximum incentive compensation payout opportunities for the executive
officers were left unchanged, but the methodology for calculating incentive payouts for fiscal 2012
will consist of three elements as follows.
First, a potential payout will be calculated. As in prior years, the potential payout will
be based on achievement of adjusted EBITDA and revenue goals. In fiscal 2011 and in prior years,
adjusted EBITDA was weighted 75 percent and revenue was weighted 25 percent. This aligned with the
Companys goal to achieve a successful refinancing, which it effected in fiscal 2011. For fiscal
2012, adjusted EBITDA will be weighted 50 percent, and revenue will be weighted 50 percent. This
reflects the shift in strategic emphasis to encouraging organic growth in addition to
profitability. Following fiscal 2012, the Compensation Committee will determine the weighting
between Adjusted EBITDA and revenue for each year. For the Operating Group Presidents, Messrs.
Petersen and Melia, the Companys consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and revenue results will be weighted
25 percent, and operating group Adjusted EBITDA and revenue will be weighted 75 percent, in order
to emphasize and reward performance by the relevant business unit that each manages. The other
executive officers potential payouts will continue to be based on the Companys consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA and revenue results. The potential payout ranges from 50% of target for
achievement of 92.5% of the Adjusted EBITDA or revenue goals, to 150% of target for achievement of
107.5% of the Adjusted EBITDA or revenue goals, except for the Operating Group Presidents. For the
Operating Group Presidents, the maximum incentive compensation payout of 150% in relation to
operating group revenue will be payable for achievement of 104.5% of the revenue goals.
Second, one-half of the potential payout may be reduced based on the results of each
participants individual scorecard. Each participants individual scorecard contains up to five
measurable objectives for the individual to achieve over the course of the fiscal year. Each
objective on the scorecard has a corresponding percentage weighting, and the total of all of the
percentages on the scorecard totals 100%. If a participant achieves a score of 100% on his or her
scorecard, then he or she will receive 100% of the potential payout that was based on Adjusted
EBITDA and revenue achievement. If the participant achieves a score of less than 100% on his or
her scorecard, then one-half half of the potential payout will be reduced proportionally by the
individuals scorecard result.
Third, each participant may receive additional discretionary incentive compensation. In the
case of executive officers, discretionary incentive compensation will be determined by the Chief
Executive Officer and approved by the Compensation Committee.
The Compensation Committee must approve all incentive payouts for executive officers under
this plan. A participant may receive no incentive payout, notwithstanding the potential payout
calculation or individual scorecard results, if he or she engages in exceptionally poor conduct or
poor performance during the fiscal year.
One-Time Cash Bonuses. In March, after the successful Refinancing, the Company paid
discretionary recognition bonuses to reward contributions that enabled the Companys success. Mr.
Murphy recommended the bonuses for the executive officers based on each ones position and level of
responsibility relative to the other executive officers. The Compensation Committee considered and
adopted the recommendations of Mr. Murphy. Ms. DeRenzo also received a bonus of $8,500 in June as
part of a retroactive salary adjustment.
Equity-Based Compensation. Long-term incentive compensation is provided in the form of
non-voting equity units in the Companys indirect parent company, NMH Investment, pursuant to the
NMH Investment 2006 Unit Plan. The plan allows certain officers, employees, directors and
consultants of the Company to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the
Company through acquisition of equity interests in NMH Investment, including Class B, Class C,
Class D, Class E and Class F Common Units of NMH Investment. The purpose of the plan is to promote
the Companys long-term growth and profitability by aligning the interests of the Companys
management with the interests of the ultimate parent of the Company and by encouraging retention. A
pool of units was set aside for management employees, including the named executive officers, as
part of the Merger and
granted to executive officers during the second quarter of fiscal 2007. Messrs. Holler and
Nardella received grants of B, C and D Common Units during fiscal 2007 in recognition of their
promotions. NMH Investment granted additional Class B, C and D Common Units to the executive
officers, including the named executive officers, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.
49
On May 10, 2011, the terms of the Class B, C and D Units were amended to accelerate their
vesting so that they became fully vested to the extent not already vested. Also in May 2011, a new
pool of Class F Common Units was created and in June 2011 units were issued to management
employees, including the named executive officers. Upon their issuance, the F Units were 75% vested
with respect to the named executive officers, based on the fact that their respective hire dates
were before December 31, 2008. The remaining 25% will vest in December 2012 assuming continued
employment of the employee with the Company. They were designed to motivate management to achieve
financial results that would enhance the valuation of the Company upon a sale of the Company or
other liquidity event. Pursuant to the terms of NMH Investments limited liability company
agreement, holders of the Class B, C, D and F Units would receive distributions of assets
representing 10% of the total return on investment to common equity holders upon a sale or other
liquidity event involving NMH Investment. The Company eliminated performance-based vesting in
order to simplify the equity plan, increase transparency and understanding and influence
longer-term behavior, instead of setting annual performance targets, as it had done in prior years.
If an executives employment is terminated, NMH Investment may repurchase the executives
units. Units that are already vested will be purchased for fair market value, except in the case of
a termination for cause. In the case of a termination for cause, the Units would be purchased at
cost (or forfeited, in the case of the F Units). If an executive officers employment is terminated
due to death, disability or retirement prior to the earlier of (i) an initial public offering by or
involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) a sale of the Company, the named
executive officer and each of his or her permitted transferees (collectively, an executive officer
group) has the right, subject to certain limitations, for 45 days following the six month
anniversary of his or her termination, to sell to NMH Investment, on one occasion, a number of
vested Class F Common Units equal to a specified percentage (the specified percentage) of the
total number of vested Class F Common Units held by the executive officer group, at a purchase
price equal to fair market value (the put right). In order to exercise this put right, the
executive officer group will also be required to simultaneously sell to NMH Investment a number of
Class B, C and D Common Units equal to the specified percentage of the total number of such Class
B, C and D Common Units held by the executive officer group. The specified percentages for the
named executive officers are as follows: Mr. Murphy, 38.15%; Mr. Nardella, 52.23%; Mr. Holler,
65.29%; Mr. Petersen, 59.37%; Mr. Melia, 30.06%; and Ms. DeRenzo, 75.26%.
The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee which recommends awards to the
management committee of NMH Investment. The management committee determines, among other things,
specific participants in the plan as well as the amount and value of any units awarded. In
recommending the equity grants for the executive officers, the Compensation Committee considered
and adopted the recommendations of Mr. Murphy regarding allocations to the executive officers. Mr.
Murphys recommendations were based on each executive officers position and level of
responsibility relative to the other executive officers.
Deferred Compensation. Under the National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, the named executive officers receive an allocation to their account based on a
percentage of base salary, as follows: Mr. Murphy, 13%; Mr. Nardella, 12%; Mr. Holler, 11%; and Mr.
Petersen, Mr. Melia and Ms. DeRenzo, 9%. The Company contributed an additional $20,000 to Ms.
DeRenzos account under the plan with respect to fiscal 2011 as part of a retroactive salary
adjustment. These allocations are made as of the end of the plan year, December 31, for service
rendered during the prior fiscal year. The Company elected to suspend these allocations for the
2009 plan year in light of economic conditions. It recommenced these allocations for the 2010 plan
year, and during fiscal 2011 it made a retroactive allocation for the 2009 plan year to the
accounts of the named executive officers in recognition of contributions that enabled the Companys
successful Refinancing. The balances earn a return, which for plan years 2011, 2010 and 2009, was a
fixed rate of 6%. The plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement, which
provides deferred compensation to the executive officers. We may make additional discretionary
allocations to the plan, although we did not do so in fiscal 2010 or 2009. A participants account
balance is 100% vested and non-forfeitable and will be distributed to a participant following his
or her retirement or termination from the Company, disability or death, or at the Companys
direction under certain circumstances.
A 401(k) plan is available to eligible employees, including the named executive officers.
Under the plan, we may make an annual discretionary matching contribution and/or profit-sharing
contribution. To supplement the 401(k) plan, the National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferral
Plan is available to highly compensated employees (as defined by Section 414(q) of the Internal
Revenue Code), including the named executive officers. Participants may contribute up to 100% of
salary and/or incentive compensation bonus earned during the plan year. This plan is a nonqualified
deferred compensation arrangement and is coordinated with our 401(k) plan so as to maximize a
participants contributions and the Companys matching contributions to the 401(k) plan, with the
residual remaining
in the Executive Deferral Plan. Distributions are made upon a participants termination of
employment, disability, death, retirement or at a time specified by the participant when he or she
makes a deferral election. Participants can elect to have distributions made in a lump sum or in
monthly installments over a five-year period. A specific-date election may be made only in a lump
sum. We have established a grantor trust to accumulate assets to provide for the obligations under
the plan. Any assets of the grantor trust are subject to the claims of our general creditors.
50
Severance and Change-in-Control Benefits. As part of the Merger, the Company entered into an
amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Murphy and entered into severance agreements
with each of the other named executive officers who were employed by the Company at that time. Mr.
Melia entered into a severance agreement when he joined the Company in November 2007. Each of
these agreements provides for severance benefits to be paid to the named executive officer if the
Company terminates his or her employment without cause or he or she resigns for good reason,
each as defined in the applicable agreement. See Severance Agreements.
If any of the named executive officers terminates employment, for any reason other than by the
Company for cause, he or she would be entitled to receive fair market value for his or her B, C, D
and vested F units, and the 25% of the F Units that do not vest until December 2012 would be
forfeited. Under each executive officers management unit subscription agreement, NMH Investment
has the right to repurchase the units upon termination of employment. Fair market value is as
determined in good faith by the management committee of NMH Investment (valuing the Company and its
subsidiaries as a going concern, disregarding any discount for minority interest or marketability
of the units).
In addition, upon a change in control of the Company any unvested F units will vest
immediately. The Company believes that such accelerated vesting could align the interests of the
named executive officers with the interests of the indirect parent of the Company in the event of a
sale of the Company prior to December 2012 by encouraging the named executive officers to remain
with the Company and enhancing their focus on the Company during a sale of the Company.
Other Benefits. The named executive officers are entitled to participate in group health and
welfare benefits on the same basis as all regular, full-time employees. These benefits include
medical, dental, vision care, flexible spending accounts, term life insurance, short-term and
long-term disability insurance and an employee assistance program. In addition, all employees,
including the executive officers, have the option of purchasing supplemental group term life
insurance for themselves as well as coverage for their spouses and dependent children. Executive
officers may also elect to receive supplemental disability insurance and long-term care insurance,
with the premiums paid for by the Company.
Compensation Risk. The Compensation Committee has considered the compensation policies and
practices throughout the Company to assess the risks presented by such policies and practices.
Based on this review, we have determined that such policies and practices are not reasonably likely
to have a material adverse effect on the Company. In reaching this determination, we have taken
into account the following design elements of our compensation programs and policies and practices:
mixture of cash and equity opportunities, mixture of time-based and performance-based pay vehicles,
use of financial metrics that are easily capable of review and avoidance of uncapped rewards.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis
with management. Based on that review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the
Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
Respectfully submitted, |
|
|
|
|
|
Chris A. Durbin (Chairman) |
|
|
James L. Elrod Jr. |
|
|
Guy Sansone |
51
Fiscal 2011 Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity |
|
|
Nonqualified |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive |
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity |
|
|
Plan |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Salary |
|
|
Bonus |
|
|
Awards |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Total |
|
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
|
($)(a) |
|
|
($)(b) |
|
|
($)(c) |
|
|
($)(d) |
|
|
($)(e) |
|
|
($)(f) |
|
|
($) |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
175,000 |
|
|
|
715,270 |
|
|
|
302,406 |
|
|
|
4,585 |
|
|
|
112,526 |
|
|
|
1,659,787 |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247,146 |
|
|
|
2,885 |
|
|
|
42,195 |
|
|
|
642,226 |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213,755 |
|
|
|
1,511 |
|
|
|
19,523 |
|
|
|
584,789 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
302,500 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
464,730 |
|
|
|
196,025 |
|
|
|
3,204 |
|
|
|
77,535 |
|
|
|
1,193,994 |
|
President and |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
297,634 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160,203 |
|
|
|
6,549 |
|
|
|
33,668 |
|
|
|
498,054 |
|
Chief Operating Officer |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
275,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,975 |
|
|
|
788 |
|
|
|
13,956 |
|
|
|
373,719 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
280,962 |
|
|
|
135,000 |
|
|
|
362,730 |
|
|
|
123,123 |
|
|
|
3,110 |
|
|
|
72,653 |
|
|
|
977,578 |
|
Chief Financial Officer and |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
275,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97,093 |
|
|
|
18,433 |
|
|
|
29,589 |
|
|
|
420,115 |
|
Treasurer |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
275,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,975 |
|
|
|
784 |
|
|
|
14,376 |
|
|
|
374,135 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
265,833 |
|
|
|
112,000 |
|
|
|
321,076 |
|
|
|
116,643 |
|
|
|
3,096 |
|
|
|
59,157 |
|
|
|
877,805 |
|
President, Redwood Operating |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
260,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,702 |
|
|
|
5,041 |
|
|
|
22,888 |
|
|
|
380,631 |
|
Group |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
260,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,395 |
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
11,132 |
|
|
|
351,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
251,923 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
339,213 |
|
|
|
112,323 |
|
|
|
2,740 |
|
|
|
131,578 |
|
|
|
937,777 |
|
President, Cambridge
Operating Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
243,942 |
|
|
|
108,500 |
|
|
|
244,809 |
|
|
|
108,003 |
|
|
|
1,880 |
|
|
|
73,517 |
|
|
|
780,651 |
|
Chief Legal Officer,
General Counsel and
Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Includes individuals pre-tax contributions to health plans and contributions to retirement plans. |
|
(b) |
|
Represents the discretionary recognition bonuses paid in March 2011. Ms. DeRenzo received an
additional $8,500 bonus in June as part of a retroactive salary adjustment. |
|
(c) |
|
Figures represent grant date fair value of Class F Common Units awarded under the NMH Investment,
LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan (as amended) in accordance with Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 718 (ASC 718, formerly FAS 123R). Please refer to Note 19 in the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the relevant assumptions used to determine the compensation
expense of our equity awards. |
|
(d) |
|
Represents cash bonuses under our annual incentive compensation plan. |
|
(e) |
|
Represents earnings in excess of the applicable federal long-term rate under the Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan and the Executive Deferral Plan. |
|
(f) |
|
Represents Company contributions to the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and the Company
match on executive contributions to the 401(k) plan and Executive Deferral Plan, which has been
estimated for fiscal 2011 in advance of the actual determination. The fiscal 2010 and 2009
amounts in this column were estimated at the time and have not been restated, as any differences
were immaterial. Also included are Company paid parking, tax gross-ups for Company paid parking,
imputed income on group term life insurance premiums and Company contributions for supplemental
disability insurance and long-term care insurance premiums available to the executive officers.
For fiscal 2011, the components of All Other Compensation were as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company |
|
|
Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions |
|
|
Match on |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to Executive |
|
|
Contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
to 401(k) and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group |
|
|
Supplemental |
|
|
Long-Term |
|
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Executive |
|
|
Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Life |
|
|
Disability |
|
|
Care |
|
|
|
Plan $(1) |
|
|
Deferral Plan $ |
|
|
Paid Parking $ |
|
|
Gross-ups $ |
|
|
Insurance $ |
|
|
Insurance $ |
|
|
Insurance $ |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
91,000 |
|
|
|
3,675 |
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
670 |
|
|
|
2,376 |
|
|
|
5,563 |
|
|
|
7,803 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
66,156 |
|
|
|
3,675 |
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
670 |
|
|
|
698 |
|
|
|
2,313 |
|
|
|
2,583 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
60,683 |
|
|
|
3,675 |
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
670 |
|
|
|
1,173 |
|
|
|
2,565 |
|
|
|
2,446 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
46,950 |
|
|
|
3,675 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,706 |
|
|
|
3,652 |
|
|
|
3,174 |
|
Robert M. Melia(2) |
|
|
43,500 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
938 |
|
|
|
2,399 |
|
|
|
1,465 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
63,088 |
|
|
|
3,637 |
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
670 |
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
|
2,162 |
|
|
|
2,412 |
|
52
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These amounts include contributions in respect of the 2009 plan year which were restored during fiscal 2011. Ms.
DeRenzos account was also credited an additional $20,000 as part of a retroactive salary adjustment. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Melia also received a payment of $83,276 in connection with the sale of a business by an affiliate of the Company. |
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2011
Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Threshold(a) ($) |
|
|
Target(a) ($) |
|
|
Maximum(a) ($) |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
175,000 |
|
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
525,000 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
113,437 |
|
|
|
226,875 |
|
|
|
340,312 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
71,250 |
|
|
|
142,500 |
|
|
|
213,750 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
67,500 |
|
|
|
135,000 |
|
|
|
202,500 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
65,000 |
|
|
|
130,000 |
|
|
|
195,000 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
62,250 |
|
|
|
125,000 |
|
|
|
187,250 |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Amounts represent potential payouts relating to fiscal 2011 under The
MENTOR Network Incentive Compensation Plan, based on base salary as in
effect at September 30, 2011. For a description of the plan, see
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Annual Incentive
Compensation. |
During fiscal 2011, the named executive officers were issued Class F Common Units of NMH
Investment in the following amounts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
Fair Value of |
|
Name |
|
Grant Date |
|
|
Approval Date |
|
|
of Units |
|
|
Unit Awards |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
June 15, 2011 |
|
May 10, 2011 |
|
|
701,246 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
June 15, 2011 |
|
May 10, 2011 |
|
|
455,618 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
June 15, 2011 |
|
May 10, 2011 |
|
|
355,618 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
June 15, 2011 |
|
May 10, 2011 |
|
|
314,781 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
June 15, 2011 |
|
May 10, 2011 |
|
|
332,562 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
June 15, 2011 |
|
May 10, 2011 |
|
|
240,008 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
53
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2011 Year-End
Shares and stock options are not included in this table because none were issued during the
fiscal year and none were outstanding at fiscal year-end.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payout Value |
|
|
|
Number and Class |
|
|
Payout Value |
|
|
Number and Class |
|
of Unearned |
|
|
|
of Earned Units |
|
|
of Earned Units |
|
|
of Unearned Units |
|
Units Not |
|
Name |
|
Not Vested (#) |
|
|
Not Vested ($)(f) |
|
|
Not Vested (#) |
|
Vested ($)(f) |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
664.13 B Common Units(a) |
|
|
33.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
696.90 C Common Units(a) |
|
|
20.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,095.96 D Common Units(a) |
|
|
260.96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,737.50 B Common Units(b) |
|
|
336.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,070.00 C Common Units(b) |
|
|
212.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,490.00 D Common Units(b) |
|
|
74.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
525,934.13 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
175,311.38 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
664.13 B Common Units(a) |
|
|
33.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
696.90 C Common Units(a) |
|
|
20.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,723.95 D Common Units(a) |
|
|
217.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
962.50 B Common Units(c) |
|
|
48.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,010.00 C Common Units(c) |
|
|
30.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,070.00 D Common Units(c) |
|
|
10.70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,775.00 B Common Units(b) |
|
|
288.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,060.00 C Common Units(b) |
|
|
181.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,420.00 D Common Units(b) |
|
|
64.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341,713.14 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
113,904.38 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
664.13 B Common Units(a) |
|
|
33.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
696.90 C Common Units(a) |
|
|
20.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,723.95 D Common Units(a) |
|
|
217.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
481.25 B Common Units(d) |
|
|
24.06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
505.00 C Common Units(d) |
|
|
15.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
535.00 D Common Units(d) |
|
|
5.35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,256.25 B Common Units(d) |
|
|
312.81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,565.00 C Common Units(b) |
|
|
196.95 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,955.00 D Common Units(b) |
|
|
69.55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266,713.14 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
88,904.38 F Common Units (c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David M. Petersen |
|
664.13 B Common Units(a) |
|
|
33.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
696.90 C Common Units(a) |
|
|
20.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,603.14 D Common Units(a) |
|
|
156.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,775.00 B Common Units(b) |
|
|
288.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,060.00 C Common Units(b) |
|
|
181.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,420.00 D Common Units(b) |
|
|
64.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
236,085.62 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
78,695.21 F Common Units (c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
5,513.56 B Common Units(e) |
|
|
275.68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,788.72 C Common Units(e) |
|
|
173.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,136.19 D Common Units(e) |
|
|
61.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249,421.15 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
83,140.38 F Common Units (c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
664.13 B Common Units(a) |
|
|
33.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
696.90 C Common Units(a) |
|
|
20.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,854.33 D Common Units(a) |
|
|
138.54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,256.25 B Common Units(b) |
|
|
312.81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,565.00 C Common Units(b) |
|
|
196.95 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,955.00 D Common Units(b) |
|
|
69.55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180,006.29 F Common Units(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
60,002.10 F Common Units (c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Granted on August 22, 2008 in connection with compensatory grants
under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended. The units
fully vested on May 10, 2011, to the extent not already vested.
Because payment of the value of the B, C and D Common Units is
deferred until termination of a recipients employment with the
Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all
such awards under columns (g) and (h) for equity incentive plan awards
that have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Equity-Based Compensation. |
54
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Granted on January 12, 2007 in connection with the initial
compensatory grants under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan. The
units fully vested on May 10, 2011, to the extent not already vested.
Because payment of the value of the B, C and D Common Units is
deferred until termination of a recipients employment with the
Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all
such awards under columns (g) and (h) for equity incentive plan awards
that have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Equity-Based Compensation. |
|
(c) |
|
Granted on June 15, 2011 in connection with compensatory grants under
the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended. The units were 75%
vested upon grant date, and the remaining 25% will vest on December
15, 2012. Because payment of the value of the F Common Units is
deferred until termination of a recipients employment with the
Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all
such awards under columns (g),(h) (i) and (j) for equity incentive
plan awards that have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail
above, under Compensation Discussion and Analysis Equity-Based
Compensation. The F Common Units are subject to a put right of the
named executive officers, as described under Compensation Discussion
and Analysis Equity-Based Compensation. |
|
(d) |
|
Granted on August 14, 2007 in recognition of the named executive
officers promotion. The units fully vested on May 10, 2011, to the
extent not already vested. Because payment of the value of the B, C
and D Common Units is deferred until termination of a recipients
employment with the Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we
have included all such awards under columns (g) and (h) for equity
incentive plan awards that have not vested. Vesting is explained in
more detail above, under Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Equity-Based Compensation. |
|
(e) |
|
Issued on April 7, 2009 in connection with compensatory grants under
the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended. The units fully
vested on May 10, 2011, to the extent not already vested. Because
payment of the value of the B, C and D Common Units is deferred until
termination of a recipients employment with the Company or the
occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all such awards
under columns (g) and (h) for equity incentive plan awards that have
not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Equity-Based Compensation. |
|
(f) |
|
Payout value represents fair market value determined as of fiscal
year-end, which is deemed to be $0.05 per B Common Unit, $0.03 per C
Common Unit, $0.01 per D Common Unit and $0.00 per F Common Unit. For
purposes of calculating fair market value, we assumed hypothetical
transaction costs in a change in control of the Company. |
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
No options were issued, outstanding or exercised during fiscal 2011. For purposes of this
disclosure item, certain of the units were vested during fiscal 2011 such that if the named
executive officer terminated his or her employment voluntarily during fiscal 2011 and NMH
Investment had elected to repurchase his or her units, it would have been required to repurchase
them at fair market value. The units that vested are set forth in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of B |
|
|
Number of C |
|
|
Number of D |
|
|
Number of F |
|
|
|
Common Units |
|
|
Common Units |
|
|
Common Units |
|
|
Common Units |
|
|
|
Acquired on |
|
|
Acquired on |
|
|
Acquired on |
|
|
Acquired on |
|
Name |
|
Vesting (#)(a) |
|
|
Vesting (#)(a) |
|
|
Vesting (#)(a) |
|
|
Vesting (#)(a) |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
525,934 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
341,713 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
266,713 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
236,086 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
1,638 |
|
|
|
5,789 |
|
|
|
6,136 |
|
|
|
249,421 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
180,006 |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
In the event of a change in control, the unvested F Common Units
automatically vest. |
The value realized on vesting represents fair market value determined as of fiscal year end.
No value is reported in the table, as no value was realized upon vesting, because the fair market
value of the units is equivalent to their original purchase price. The named executive officers
have not received any payments with respect to their units, and the named executive officers are
not permitted to transfer the units for value. Payment of the amounts realized on vesting is
deferred until such time as NMH Investment repurchases the units following termination of a named
executive officers employment, or upon a sale of the Company or other liquidity event. The amounts
realized on vesting, if any, are subject to forfeiture in the event a named executive officer is
terminated for cause, at which time NMH Investment may repurchase the units at the lesser of fair
market value and cost.
In addition, if an executive officer were terminated without cause or resigned for good reason
as of the last day of the fiscal year, he or she would be entitled to receive fair market value for
a portion of his or her units. See Estimated Change-in-Control/Severance Payments below.
Pension Benefits
The Company has no pension plans.
Fiscal 2011 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive |
|
|
Company |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
Contributions |
|
|
Contributions |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
in Last |
|
|
in Last |
|
|
in Last |
|
|
Withdrawals/ |
|
|
Last Fiscal |
|
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
Distributions |
|
|
Year End |
|
Name |
|
($)(a)(b) |
|
|
($)(b)(c) |
|
|
($)(b)(d) |
|
|
($)(e) |
|
|
($)(f) |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
10,904 |
|
|
|
92,752 |
|
|
|
16,237 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
319,053 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
40,725 |
|
|
|
67,908 |
|
|
|
1,764 |
|
|
|
3,700 |
|
|
|
362,008 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
11,492 |
|
|
|
62,435 |
|
|
|
8,309 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
623,603 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
23,175 |
|
|
|
48,702 |
|
|
|
11,575 |
|
|
|
9,700 |
|
|
|
271,186 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
43,500 |
|
|
|
2,599 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
52,087 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
5,054 |
|
|
|
64,839 |
|
|
|
6,003 |
|
|
|
4,093 |
|
|
|
111,479 |
|
55
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Represents amounts contributed to the Executive Deferral Plan during
fiscal 2011. The Executive Deferral Plan is available to highly
compensated employees to supplement the 401(k) plan. For details about
the plan, see Compensation Discussion and Analysis Deferred
Compensation, above. |
|
(b) |
|
All of the amounts reported under Executive Contributions in Last
Fiscal Year and Company Contributions in Last Fiscal Year are
reported as compensation for fiscal 2011 in the Summary Compensation
Table. Under Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year, the following
amounts are reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table
that were in excess of the applicable federal long-term rate are as
follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
$ |
4,585 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
3,204 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
3,110 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
3,096 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
764 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
1,880 |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Represents Company match (up to 1.5% of base salary) on executive
contributions to the Executive Deferral Plan, plus Company
contributions to the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified
deferred compensation arrangement to provide deferred compensation to
executive officers. For details about both these plans, see
Compensation Discussion and AnalysisDeferred Compensation above. |
|
(d) |
|
Represents the 6% return credited to the participants account in the
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for balances in fiscal 2011, plus
the executives respective returns for amounts invested in the
Executive Deferral Plan. |
|
(e) |
|
Represents amounts withdrawn from the Executive Deferral Plan and
deposited into the executives respective 401(k) account in accordance
with IRS rules. |
|
(f) |
|
Represents aggregate balances in Executive Deferral Plan and Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan for each executive as of fiscal year-end.
Of the amounts in this column, the following amounts have been
reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table for fiscal
2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
$ |
94,675 |
|
|
$ |
37,800 |
|
|
$ |
14,994 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
69,831 |
|
|
|
30,900 |
|
|
|
11,181 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
64,358 |
|
|
|
26,363 |
|
|
|
11,181 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
50,625 |
|
|
|
21,225 |
|
|
|
9,469 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
43,500 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
66,725 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Severance Agreements
Mr. Murphy entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us at the time of
the Merger. This agreement was amended and restated during the first quarter of fiscal 2009 for
compliance with Section 409A under the Internal Revenue Code. The initial term was three years,
after which the agreement renews automatically each year for a one-year term, unless terminated
earlier by the parties. The employment agreement provides for a base salary of $350,000 per year,
subject to review and adjustment from time to time, with an annual bonus from the incentive
compensation plan equal to no less than Mr. Murphys base salary if the Company reaches certain
yearly determined performance objectives. Under the terms of the agreement, if Mr. Murphy is
terminated by the Company without cause or Mr. Murphy resigns with good reason, the Company is
obligated to continue to pay him his base salary and targeted incentive compensation for two years
following the date of such termination, as well as a pro rata incentive compensation amount for the
year in which such termination occurs. The definition of cause includes the commission of fraud
or embezzlement, an indictment or conviction for a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude,
willful misconduct, violation of any material written policy of the Company, material neglect of
duties, failure to comply with reasonable Board directives and material breach of any agreement
with the Company or its securityholders or affiliates. The definition of good reason includes a
material
change in title, duties and responsibilities, a reduction in Mr. Murphys annual base salary
or annual bonus opportunity (subject to certain exclusions), a material breach by the Company of
the amended and restated employment agreement, and relocation of Mr. Murphys principal place of
work from its current location to a location that is beyond a 50-mile radius of such location.
56
The employment agreement contains provisions pursuant to which Mr. Murphy has agreed not to
disclose our confidential information. Mr. Murphy has also agreed not to solicit our employees or
contractors, nor compete with us for a period of two years after his employment with us has been
terminated.
Messrs. Holler, Nardella and Petersen and Ms. DeRenzo entered severance agreements with us at
the time of the Merger, and Mr. Melia entered into the same form of severance agreement upon his
hire in November 2007. These agreements were amended and restated during the first quarter of
fiscal 2009 for compliance with Section 409A under the Internal Revenue Code. Pursuant to these
agreements, in the event that the employment of any such employees is terminated by the Company
without cause or the named executive officer resigns with good reason, they will be entitled to
(i) the payment of an aggregate amount equal to their base salary for one year, (ii) the payment of
an amount equal to their annual cash bonuses earned in the year prior to their termination and
(iii) continued coverage under our health, medical and welfare benefit plans for a period of one
year from the date of termination. Cause and good reason are defined as such terms are defined
in Mr. Murphys amended and restated employment agreement. The severance agreements also contain
provisions pursuant to which the executive officer agrees not to disclose our confidential
information, solicit our employees or contractors or compete with us for a period of one year after
his or her employment with us has been terminated.
Estimated Severance and Change-in-Control Payments
Mr. Murphys amended and restated employment agreement and the severance agreements of the
other named executive officers provide for severance benefits in the event of termination under
certain circumstances. The following table shows the amount of potential severance benefits for the
named executive officers pursuant to their employment or severance arrangements, assuming the named
executive officer was terminated under circumstances qualifying for the benefits and that
termination occurred as of September 30, 2011, our fiscal year-end. The table also shows the
estimated present value of continuing coverage for the benefits and the amount that would be paid
for the repurchase of the B, C, D and F Common Units in NMH Investment, assuming a termination
without cause.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted |
|
|
Value of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B, C, D and F |
|
|
Continued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary |
|
|
Bonus |
|
|
Common |
|
|
Benefits |
|
|
Total |
|
Name |
|
($)(a) |
|
|
($)(b) |
|
|
Units ($)(c) |
|
|
($)(d) |
|
|
($) |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
700,000 |
|
|
|
700,000 |
|
|
|
939 |
|
|
|
63,274 |
|
|
|
1,464,213 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
302,500 |
|
|
|
160,203 |
|
|
|
895 |
|
|
|
29,489 |
|
|
|
493,087 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
285,000 |
|
|
|
97,093 |
|
|
|
895 |
|
|
|
26,783 |
|
|
|
409,771 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
270,000 |
|
|
|
92,702 |
|
|
|
745 |
|
|
|
23,988 |
|
|
|
387,435 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
260,000 |
|
|
|
96,262 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
12,527 |
|
|
|
369,300 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
|
82,970 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
|
|
5,202 |
|
|
|
338,944 |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Under Mr. Murphys employment agreement, salary continues for two
years. For each of the other named executive officers, salary
continues for one year. These amounts would be payable over time in
accordance with the Companys regular payroll practices. |
|
(b) |
|
Mr. Murphy would receive an amount equal to his target annual bonus of
100 percent of base salary under the incentive compensation plan for
two years after termination. Each of the other named executive
officers would receive an amount equal to the actual annual bonus for
the prior fiscal year. These amounts would be payable over time in
accordance with the Companys regular payroll practices. |
|
(c) |
|
Represents the amount the executive officer would receive for the B,
C, D and F Common Units, including the original purchase price. The
units may be repurchased upon the executive officers termination.
Assuming a termination without cause on September 30, 2011, the named
executive officers would receive fair market value for all of the B
Common Units, C Common Units and D Common Units and fair market value
and cost, respectively, for the following numbers of F Common Units,
where fair market value for F Common Units is equal to $0.0, as shown
below: |
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of B |
|
|
Number of C |
|
|
Number of D |
|
|
Number of F |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
Common |
|
|
Common |
|
|
Common |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Number of F |
|
|
|
Purchased at |
|
|
Purchased at |
|
|
Purchased at |
|
|
Purchased at |
|
|
Common |
|
|
|
Fair Market |
|
|
Fair Market |
|
|
Fair Market |
|
|
Fair Market |
|
|
Units |
|
|
|
Value |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Forfeited |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
7,402 |
|
|
|
7,767 |
|
|
|
33,586 |
|
|
|
525,934 |
|
|
|
175,311 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
7,402 |
|
|
|
7,767 |
|
|
|
29,214 |
|
|
|
341,713 |
|
|
|
113,904 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
7,402 |
|
|
|
7,767 |
|
|
|
29,214 |
|
|
|
266,713 |
|
|
|
88,904 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
6,439 |
|
|
|
6,757 |
|
|
|
22,023 |
|
|
|
236,086 |
|
|
|
78,695 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
5,514 |
|
|
|
5,789 |
|
|
|
6,136 |
|
|
|
249,421 |
|
|
|
83,140 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
6,920 |
|
|
|
7,262 |
|
|
|
20,809 |
|
|
|
180,006 |
|
|
|
60,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of calculating fair market value, we assumed hypothetical
transaction costs assuming a change in control of the Company. The
purchase price may be paid in the form of a promissory note at the
discretion of NMH Investment. |
|
(d) |
|
Mr. Murphy would continue to participate in health and welfare benefit
plans at the Companys expense for two years. All other named
executive officers would participate in the health and welfare benefit
plans for one year. Amounts are estimated based on the respective
named executive officers current benefit elections. |
Neither Mr. Murphys employment agreement nor the named executive officers severance
agreements contain provisions for payments upon a change of control of the Company. However,
assuming a change of control occurred at September 30, 2011, the Companys fiscal year-end, under
the governing documents, all of the F Common Units would vest. The payout based on estimated fair
market value of each named executive officers B, C and D Common Units and vested and unvested F
Common Units, as of September 30, 2011, would be as set forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B Common |
|
|
C Common |
|
|
D Common |
|
|
F Common |
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Units ($) |
|
|
Units ($) |
|
|
Units ($) |
|
|
Units ($) |
|
|
Total ($) |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
939 |
|
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
895 |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
895 |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
745 |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
174 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
346 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
Director Compensation
We reimburse directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with
services provided in such capacity. We compensate our outside directors as set out in the table
below. Mr. Murphy receives no additional compensation for his service as a director, apart from his
compensation as Chief Executive Officer. Messrs. Durbin, Elrod, Mundt and OConnell are employees
of Vestar and do not receive any additional compensation for their service as directors of the
Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or |
|
|
Equity |
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in Cash |
|
|
Awards |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
Earnings ($) |
|
|
Compensation ($) |
|
|
Total ($) |
|
Gregory T. Torres |
|
|
100,000 |
(a) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,680 |
(b) |
|
|
370 |
(c) |
|
|
104,050 |
|
Pamela F. Lenehan |
|
|
25,000 |
(d) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
Guy Sansone |
|
|
25,000 |
(d) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Mr. Torres is paid a salary of $100,000 per year in accordance with his amended and restated employment agreement. |
|
(b) |
|
Represents earnings in excess of the applicable federal long-term rate. Mr. Torres continues to accrue interest
on amounts credited to him in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan during his service as the Companys
President and Chief Executive Officer. |
|
(c) |
|
Represents imputed income for payment of premiums for group term life insurance. |
|
(d) |
|
Ms. Lenehan and Mr. Sansone received a fee of $5,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended in
person and a fee of $1,000 for each meeting attended by phone and each committee meeting attended. |
|
(f) |
|
At September 30, 2011, the last day of our fiscal year, Ms. Lenehan held 3,188.00 E Common Units and Mr. Sansone
held 3,187.00 E Common Units. |
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Messrs. Durbin, Elrod and Sansone are the members of the Companys Compensation Committee, and
none of them is or has been an officer or employee of the Company. Messrs. Durbin and Elrod are
managing directors of Vestar, which controls the Company, and Mr. Sansone is a Managing Director at
Alvarez & Marsal, which provided consulting services to the Company during the fiscal year. For a
description of the transactions between us and Vestar and Alvarez & Marsal, respectively, see Item
13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. Apart from these
relationships, no member of the Compensation Committee has any relationship that would be required
to be reported under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. No member of the Compensation Committee serves or
served during the fiscal year as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of a
company that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Companys Board of
Directors or Compensation Committee.
58
|
|
|
Item 12. |
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
NMH Investment is our ultimate parent and indirectly owns 100% of our equity securities. The
following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of voting equity
interests of NMH Investment by (i) each person or entity known to us to beneficially hold five
percent or more of equity interests of NMH Investment, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of
our named executive officers and (iv) all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person
has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct
the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any
securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days.
Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such
persons ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other persons percentage.
Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same
securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such
person has no economic interest.
Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to
the Companys knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated Class A
Common Units which is the only class of voting equity interests in NMH Investment.
Beneficial ownership has been determined as of December 1, 2011 in accordance with the
relevant rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Percent of |
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
|
Class A Units(1)(2) |
|
|
Class A Units |
|
Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P.(3) |
|
|
6,918,627 |
|
|
|
94.0 |
% |
Gregory T. Torres |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
130,000 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
Bruce F. Nardella |
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Denis M. Holler |
|
|
40,169 |
|
|
|
* |
|
David M. Petersen |
|
|
31,200 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Linda DeRenzo |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Robert M. Melia |
|
|
12,500 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Chris A. Durbin(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James L. Elrod, Jr.(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pamela F. Lenehan |
|
|
2,750 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Kevin A. Mundt(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guy Sansone |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers (15 persons) |
|
|
303,069 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
% |
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1.0%. |
|
(1) |
|
In addition, certain members of management own non-voting Preferred
Units, Class B Units, Class C Units, Class D Units and Class F Units,
Ms. Lenehan owns non-voting Preferred Units and Class E Units, and Mr.
Sansone owns Class E Units which are not reflected in the table above.
See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Management Unit Subscription Agreements and Director Unit
Subscription Agreement for additional information. |
|
(2) |
|
The Preferred Units and 30% of Class A Common Units held by the
management investors were vested with respect to appreciation
immediately upon issuance, assuming continued employment with the
Company, and the remaining 70% of Class A Common Units vest ratably
over 49 months. See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Management Unit Subscription Agreements for
additional information. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes 6,915,196 Class A Common Units held by Vestar Capital
Partners V, L.P. (the Fund) and 3,431 Class A Common Units held by
Vestar/NMH Investors, LLC. In addition, the Fund owns 1,727,280
Preferred Units and Vestar/NMH Investors, LLC owns 857 Preferred
Units, representing approximately 97.5% of the Preferred Units, of NMH
Investment. Vestar Associates V, L.P. is the general partner of the
Fund, having voting and investment power over membership interests
held or controlled by the Fund. Vestar Managers V, Ltd. (VMV) is the
general partner of Vestar Associates V, L.P. Each of Vestar Associates
V, L.P. and VMV disclaims beneficial ownership of any membership
interests in NMH Investment beneficially owned by the Fund. The
address of Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. is 245 Park Avenue, 41st
Floor, New York, NY 10167. |
|
(4) |
|
Messrs. Elrod, Mundt and Durbin are Managing Directors of Vestar. Each
of Messrs. Elrod, Mundt and Durbin disclaims beneficial ownership of
any membership interests in NMH Investment beneficially owned by the
Fund, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. |
59
|
|
|
Item 13. |
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
Limited Liability Company Agreement
Under the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (as amended, the
Limited Liability Company Agreement) of NMH Investment, by and among NMH Investment, Vestar, an
affiliate of Vestar, the management and director investors and future parties to such agreement,
the initial management committee consists of members elected by a plurality vote of the holders of
NMH Investments Class A Common Units consisting of the designees of Vestar as determined in
accordance with the Securityholders Agreement described below and one additional person. The
management committee currently has seven members. Any member of the management committee may be
removed at any time by the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding Class
A Common Units. The management committee currently consists of the same individuals as our board of
directors.
The management committee manages and controls the business and affairs of NMH Investment and
has the power to, among other things, amend the Limited Liability Company Agreement, approve any
significant corporate transactions and appoint officers. It can also delegate such authority by
agreement or authorization.
The Limited Liability Company Agreement also contains agreements among the parties with
respect to the allocation of net income and net loss and the distribution of assets.
Management Unit Subscription Agreements
In connection with the Merger, NMH Investment entered into several agreements with management
investors and with the Chairman, Mr. Torres, pursuant to which such investors subscribed for and
purchased Preferred Units and Class A Common Units (which is the only class of voting equity
interests in NMH Investment). Robert Melia, our Cambridge Operating Group President, and Kathleen
Federico, our Chief Human Resources Officer, also subscribed for and purchased Preferred Units and
Class A Common Units after their respective start dates with the Company. The Preferred Units and
30% of the Class A Common Units were vested with respect to appreciation upon issuance. The
remaining 70% of the units vest ratably over 49 months, and thus all of the issuances except for
Mr. Melias and Ms. Federicos were fully vested as of July 2010. On July 5, 2007, NMH Holdings
paid a dividend to its parent, NMH Investment, which was used by NMH Investment to pay a return of
capital with respect to its Preferred Units.
In addition, NMH Investment has previously entered into agreements with management investors,
including all of the executive officers, except for Jeffrey Cohen whose agreement is pending,
whereby such management investors were granted non-voting Class B Units, Class C Units, Class D
Units and Class F Units at either nominal or no cost. In June 2011, NMH Investment entered into
management unit subscription agreements with the management investors with respect to the Class F
Units and amended the terms of the Class B, Class C and Class D Units. See Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Equity-Based Compensation. The Class B, Class C and
Class D Units rights to share in an increase in value of NMH Investment are fully vested for all
holders. With respect to the executive officers except for Mr. Cohen, based on the fact they were
hired before December 31, 2008, the Class F units are 75% vested, and the remaining 25% will vest
in December 2012, assuming continued employment of the employee with the Company. Mr. Cohen was
granted the right to subscribe for Class F Units at no cost in December 2011. The Class F units
will vest over a three-year period, with one-third vesting each year upon the anniversary of the
date the units are issued to him. In the aggregate, the Class B, Class C, Class D and Class F
units represent the right to receive 10.0% of the increase in value of the common equity interests
in NMH Investment.
NMH Investment may be required to purchase a certain percentage of an executive officers
units in the event of such investors disability, death or retirement. In addition, NMH Investment
has the right to purchase all or a portion of a management investors units upon the termination of
such investors active employment with the Company or its affiliates. The price at which the units
will be purchased will vary depending on a number of factors, including (i) the circumstances of
such termination of employment and whether the management investor engages in certain proscribed
competitive activities following employment, (ii) the length of time such units were held and (iii)
the financial performance of NMH Investment over a certain specified time period. However, NMH
Investment shall not be obligated to purchase any units at any time to the extent that the purchase
of such units, or a payment to NMH Investment by one of its subsidiaries in order to fund such
purchase, would result in a violation of law, a financing default or adverse accounting
consequences, or if a financing default exists which prohibits such purchase or payment. From time
to time, NMH Investment may
enter into additional management subscription agreements with the management investors or
additional members of management pursuant to which it may issue additional units.
60
Director Unit Subscription Agreements
In connection with her election to our board of directors in December 2008, Pamela F. Lenehan
entered into a Director Unit Subscription Agreement with NMH Investment. Ms. Lenehan subscribed for
specified amounts of Preferred Units, Class A Common Units and Class E Common Units of NMH
Investment for an aggregate of $125,159. These units were issued to Ms. Lenehan in January 2009. In
connection with his election to our board of directors in December 2009, Guy Sansone was offered
the opportunity to subscribe for 3,187 Class E Common Units of NMH Investment for an aggregate of
$159.35. These units were issued to Mr. Sansone in September 2010.
Securityholders Agreement
Pursuant to the Securityholders Agreement among NMH Investment, Vestar, an affiliate of
Vestar, the management and director investors, Mr. Torres and any future parties to such agreement
as amended, (collectively, the Securityholders), the units of NMH Investment beneficially owned
by the Securityholders are subject to certain restrictions on transfer, as well as the other
provisions described below.
The Securityholders Agreement provides that the Securityholders will vote all of their units
to elect and continue in office a management committee or board of directors of NMH Investment and
each of its subsidiaries composed of:
|
(a) |
|
up to six designees of Vestar; and |
|
(b) |
|
the Companys chief executive officer. |
In addition, each Securityholder has agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, that he or
she will vote all of his units as directed by Vestar in connection with amendments to NMH
Investments organizational documents, mergers or other business combinations, the disposition of
all or substantially all of NMH Investments property and assets, reorganizations,
recapitalizations or the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of NMH Investment.
Prior to the earlier of (i) a sale of a majority of the equity or voting interests of NMH
Investment, NMH Holdings, LLC or certain of their holding company subsidiaries, or in a sale of all
or substantially all of the assets of NMH Investment and its subsidiaries, except for any
transactions with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Vestar or of NMH Investment and (ii) the fifth
anniversary of the date of purchase, the investors will be prohibited from transferring units to a
third party, subject to certain exceptions.
The Securityholders Agreement provides (i) the management with tag-along rights with respect
to transfers of securities beneficially owned by Vestar, its partners or their transferees, and
(ii) Vestar with take-along rights with respect to securities owned by the investors in a sale of
a majority of the equity or voting interests of NMH Investment, Parent or certain of their holding
company subsidiaries, or in a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of NMH Investment and
its subsidiaries. In addition, Vestar has certain rights to require NMH Investment (or its
successors) to register securities held by it under the Securities Act up to eight times, and
Vestar and the other Securityholders have certain rights to participate in publicly registered
offerings of NMH Investments common equity initiated by NMH Investment or other third parties.
Management Agreement
Vestar and the Company are parties to a management agreement relating to certain advisory and
consulting services rendered by Vestar. In consideration of those services, the Company has agreed
to pay to Vestar an aggregate per annum management fee equal to the greater of (i) $850,000 or (ii)
an amount per annum equal to 1.00% of the Companys consolidated earnings before depreciation,
amortization, interest and taxes for each fiscal year before deduction of Vestars fee, determined
as set forth in the Companys senior credit agreement. The Company also agreed to indemnify Vestar
and its affiliates from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the
performance by Vestar of its services pursuant to the management agreement. The management
agreement will terminate at such time as Vestar and its partners and their respective affiliates
hold, directly or indirectly in the aggregate, less than 20% of the voting power of the Companys
outstanding voting stock, upon a sale of the Company or upon the completion of an initial public
offering. This agreement also provides for the payment of reasonable and customary fees to Vestar
for services in connection with a sale of the Company, an initial public offering by or involving
NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries or any
extraordinary acquisition by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries; provided
that such fees shall be paid only with the consent of the directors of the Company who are not
affiliated with or employed by Vestar.
61
Indemnification Agreements
The Company and NMH Holdings are parties to an indemnification agreement with each of the
Companys directors and executive officers. Under the form of indemnification agreement, directors
and executive officers are indemnified against certain expenses, judgments and other losses
resulting from involvement in legal proceedings arising from service as a director or executive
officer. NMH Holdings will advance expenses incurred by directors or executive officers in
defending against such proceedings, and indemnification is generally not available for proceedings
brought by an indemnified person (other than to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification
agreement). If an indemnified person elects or is required to pay all or any portion of any
judgment or settlement for which NMH Holdings is jointly liable, NMH Holdings will contribute to
the expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by the indemnified person in
proportion to the relative benefits received by NMH Holdings (and its officers, directors and
employees other than the indemnified person) and the indemnified person, as may, to the extent
necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company
(and its officers, directors and employees other than the indemnified person) and the indemnified
person in connection with the events that resulted in such losses, as well as any other equitable
considerations which the law may require to be considered. The Company is a guarantor of NMH
Holdings obligations under this agreement.
Consulting Agreement
During fiscal 2011 and 2010, the Company engaged Alvarez & Marsal Healthcare Industry Group to
provide certain transaction advisory and other services. Our director Guy Sansone is a Managing
Director at Alvarez & Marsal and the head of its Healthcare Industry Group. The engagement resulted
in aggregate fees of approximately $670,000 for advisory services in connection with a transaction
that was not completed, of which approximately $230,000 was incurred in the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2011. We also retained Alvarez & Marsal for advisory services related to our cost
optimization and restructuring efforts during fiscal 2011 and paid fees of approximately $740,000
for this engagement. The two engagements were approved by our Audit Committee. Mr. Sansone is not a
member of our Audit Committee and was not personally involved in either engagement.
During fiscal 2011, the Company engaged Duff & Phelps, LLC as a financial advisor in
connection with the Refinancing, including the repurchase of the NMH Holdings notes, and related
matters. According to public filings at the time, Vestar owned 12.4% of the Class A common stock of
Duff & Phelps Corporation, the parent company of Duff & Phelps, LLC, and one of Vestars principals
served on the Board of Directors of Duff & Phelps Corporation but was not personally involved in
this engagement. This engagement resulted in fees of approximately $216,000 during the fiscal 2011
and was approved by the Companys Board of Directors, with the Vestar members abstaining from
voting.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
As a debt-only issuer, our related party transactions with executive officers and directors
are generally reviewed by our board of directors or Audit Committee, although we have not
historically had formal policies and procedures regarding the review and approval of related party
transactions.
Director Independence
Our board is currently composed of seven directors: Gregory T. Torres and Edward M. Murphy,
who are employed by the Company; James L. Elrod, Jr., Kevin A. Mundt and Chris A. Durbin, who are
employed by Vestar; and Pamela F. Lenehan and Guy Sansone. Of these directors, only Ms. Lenehan and
Mr. Sansone would likely qualify as independent directors based on the definition of independent
director set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC Listing Rules (the Nasdaq
Listing Rules). Under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we would be considered a controlled company
because more than 50% of our voting power is held by a single person. Accordingly, even if we were
a listed company on Nasdaq, we would not be required by Nasdaq Listing Rules to maintain a majority
of independent directors on our board, nor would we be required by Nasdaq Listing Rules to maintain
a Compensation Committee or nominating committee comprised entirely of independent directors. No
members of management serve on either the Audit or Compensation Committees. Ms. Lenehan and Messrs.
Durbin and Mundt serve on our Audit Committee, and Mr. Durbin, Mr. Elrod and Mr. Sansone serve on
our Compensation Committee.
62
|
|
|
Item 14. |
|
Principal Accounting Fees and Services |
Aggregate fees for professional services rendered for us by Deloitte & Touche LLP and Ernst &
Young LLP for the years ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Audit fees(1) |
|
$ |
1,020 |
|
|
$ |
1,358 |
|
Audit related fees(2) |
|
|
412 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
Tax fees(3) |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fees |
|
$ |
1,481 |
|
|
$ |
1,914 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Audit fees primarily include professional services rendered for the audits of our consolidated financial
statements and for our quarterly reviews, as well as, services related to other statutory and regulatory
filings. |
|
(2) |
|
Audit related fees for fiscal 2011 include services provided in connection with the Companys refinancing
transaction and audit related fees for fiscal 2010 include due diligence services. |
|
(3) |
|
Tax fees primarily include professional services rendered for tax services during the fiscal year indicated. |
Preapproval Policies and Procedures
The Audit Committee has preapproved all related fees and services provided by Deloitte &
Touche LLP and Ernst & Young LLP.
PART IV
|
|
|
Item 15. |
|
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules |
(a)(1) Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements on pages F-1 through F-32 are filed as part
of this report.
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2011 and 2010; |
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and
2009; |
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity for the years ended September 30, 2011,
2010 and 2009; and |
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and
2009. |
(2) Financial Statement Schedules: Financial statement schedules have been omitted because
they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is provided in our
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits: The Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference herein.
63
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
NATIONAL MENTOR HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Edward M. Murphy
|
|
|
|
Edward M. Murphy |
|
|
|
Its: Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
Date:
December 27, 2011
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below as of December 27, 2011 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities indicated.
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
/s/ Edward M. Murphy
Edward M. Murphy
|
|
Chief Executive Officer (principal
executive officer) and Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Bruce F. Nardella
Bruce F. Nardella
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer (principal
executive officer) |
|
|
|
/s/ Denis M. Holler
Denis M. Holler
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal
financial officer and principal accounting officer) |
|
|
|
/s/ Gregory T. Torres
Gregory T. Torres
|
|
Chairman and Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Chris A. Durbin
Chris A. Durbin
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ James L. Elrod, Jr.
James L. Elrod, Jr.
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Pamela F. Lenehan
Pamela F. Lenehan
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Kevin A. Mundt
Kevin A. Mundt
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Guy Sansone
Guy Sansone
|
|
Director |
64
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
Merger Agreement between National MENTOR
Holdings, Inc., NMH Holdings, LLC, and NMH
MergerSub Inc., dated as of March 22, 2006.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of National
Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form S-4 Registration Statement
(Registration No. 333-138362) filed on November 1,
2006 (the S-4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of National Mentor Holdings,
Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of National
Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended March 31, 2007 (the March 2007 10-Q) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
By-Laws of National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the March
2007 10-Q |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2011, among
National Mentor Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary
guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo,
National Association, as trustee.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of National
Mentor Holdings, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on February 10, 2011 (the February 10, 2011 8-K) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
Form of 12.50% Senior Note due 2018 (attached
as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1).
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated February 9, 2011,
among NMH Holdings, LLC, as parent guarantor,
National Mentor Holdings, Inc., as borrower,
the several lenders from time to time party
thereto and UBS, as Administrative Agent.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
February 10, 2011 8-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of
Febrary 9, 2011, among NH Holdings, LLC, as
parent guarantor, National Mentor Holdings,
Inc., as borrower, certain subsidiaries of
National Mentor Holdings, Inc., as subsidiary
guarantors, and UBS AG, as administrative
agent.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
February 10, 2011 8-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
Management Agreement, dated as of February 9,
2011, among National Mentor Holdings, Inc.,
National Mentor Holdings, LLC, NMH Investment,
LLC, NMH Holdings, Inc., NMH Holdings, LLC and
Vestar Capital Partners.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the
February 10, 2011 8-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
* |
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,
dated June 29, 2006, between National Mentor
Holdings, Inc. and Gregory Torres.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the S-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
* |
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated
Employment Agreement dated December 31, 2008
between National Mentor Holdings, Inc. and
Gregory Torres.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to December
2008 Form 10-Q |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
* |
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
dated December 30, 2008, between National
Mentor Holdings, Inc. and Edward Murphy.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the
National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended December 31, 2008 (the
December 2008 10-Q) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
* |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Severance and
Noncompetition Agreement.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
December 2008 10-Q |
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
* |
|
National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan, Third Amendment
and Restatement Adopted Effective as of
December 4, 2009.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the 2009
10-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8.1
|
* |
|
National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan, Fourth Amendment
and Restatement Adopted December 27, 2011,
Effective as of January 1, 2011
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
* |
|
National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive
Deferral Plan, Second Amendment and
Restatement Adopted June 17, 2009 and
Effective as of January 1, 2009.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2009
10-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
* |
|
The MENTOR Network Incentive Compensation Plan
effective October 1, 2009.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the 2009
10-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
* |
|
The MENTOR Network Incentive Compensation Plan
effective March 4, 2011.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of National
Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended March 31, 2011 (the March 2011 10-Q) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12
|
* |
|
The MENTOR Network Human Services and
Corporate Management Incentive Compensation
Plan, Second Amendment and Restatement,
effective October 1, 2011.
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
* |
|
NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006
Unit Plan.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the S-4/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
* |
|
Amendment to NMH Investment, LLC Amended and
Restated 2006 Unit Plan.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the June
2008 Form 10-Q |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
* |
|
Second Amendment to NMH Investment, LLC
Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the March
2011 Form 10-Q |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
* |
|
Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the S-4/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
* |
|
Form of Amendment to Management Unit
Subscription Agreement.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the 2009
10-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
* |
|
Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement
(Series 1 Class F Common Units)
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the March
2011 10-Q |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
* |
|
Form of Director Unit Subscription Agreement.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the 2008
10-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
* |
|
Form of Amendment to Director Unit
Subscription Agreement.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the 2009
10-K |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.21
|
* |
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of National
Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 8-K filed on December 10,
2008 |
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
Subsidiaries.
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
Certification of principal executive officer.
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
|
Certification of principal executive officer.
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
|
Certification of principal financial officer.
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
Certifications furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350.
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
Interactive Data Files |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
67
National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Audit Committee of
National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended September 30, 2011. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The
Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control
over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control
over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2011
and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended September 30, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
|
|
|
/s/ Deloitte & Touche llp |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, 2011 |
|
|
F-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Audit Committee
of National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity, and
cash flows of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. for the year ended September 30, 2009. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We
were not engaged to perform an audit of the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for
designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for
our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
for the year ended September 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
Boston, Massachusetts
December 22, 2009, except for Note 6,
as to which the date is December 27, 2011
F-3
National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, |
|
|
|
except share and per share |
|
|
|
amounts) |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
263 |
|
|
$ |
26,448 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
|
936 |
|
|
|
1,046 |
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $7,957 and
$7,225 at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively |
|
|
134,071 |
|
|
|
125,979 |
|
Deferred tax assets, net |
|
|
20,956 |
|
|
|
13,571 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
9,969 |
|
|
|
14,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
166,195 |
|
|
|
181,745 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
146,256 |
|
|
|
142,112 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
397,514 |
|
|
|
437,757 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
231,015 |
|
|
|
229,757 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
19,870 |
|
|
|
13,915 |
|
Investment in related party debt securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,599 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
1,010,850 |
|
|
$ |
1,015,885 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
27,059 |
|
|
$ |
26,503 |
|
Accrued payroll and related costs |
|
|
74,968 |
|
|
|
68,272 |
|
Other accrued liabilities |
|
|
46,528 |
|
|
|
48,307 |
|
Obligations under capital lease, current |
|
|
312 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
5,300 |
|
|
|
3,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
154,167 |
|
|
|
146,841 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
15,536 |
|
|
|
15,166 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
|
|
111,066 |
|
|
|
126,322 |
|
Obligations under capital lease, less current portion |
|
|
6,462 |
|
|
|
1,624 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
754,742 |
|
|
|
500,799 |
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares
authorized and 100 shares issued and outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
33,098 |
|
|
|
250,620 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
(4,017 |
) |
|
|
575 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(60,204 |
) |
|
|
(26,062 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
(31,123 |
) |
|
|
225,133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
|
$ |
1,010,850 |
|
|
$ |
1,015,885 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-4
National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands) |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
1,070,610 |
|
|
$ |
1,011,469 |
|
|
$ |
957,525 |
|
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation expense shown separately below) |
|
|
829,032 |
|
|
|
776,656 |
|
|
|
731,372 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
144,516 |
|
|
|
133,731 |
|
|
|
125,734 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
61,901 |
|
|
|
56,413 |
|
|
|
55,598 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
206,417 |
|
|
|
190,144 |
|
|
|
181,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
35,161 |
|
|
|
44,669 |
|
|
|
44,821 |
|
Other income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management fee of related party |
|
|
(1,271 |
) |
|
|
(1,208 |
) |
|
|
(1,146 |
) |
Other expense, net |
|
|
(159 |
) |
|
|
(339 |
) |
|
|
(503 |
) |
Extinguishment of debt |
|
|
(19,278 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from available for sale investment security |
|
|
3,018 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
Interest income from related party |
|
|
684 |
|
|
|
1,921 |
|
|
|
1,202 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(61,718 |
) |
|
|
(46,693 |
) |
|
|
(48,254 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes |
|
|
(43,541 |
) |
|
|
(1,608 |
) |
|
|
(3,687 |
) |
Benefit for income taxes |
|
|
(14,427 |
) |
|
|
(205 |
) |
|
|
(1,116 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations |
|
|
(29,114 |
) |
|
|
(1,403 |
) |
|
|
(2,571 |
) |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of $3,193, $3,529 and $1,706 |
|
|
(5,028 |
) |
|
|
(5,464 |
) |
|
|
(2,885 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(34,142 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,867 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,456 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-5
National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Shareholders |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
(Loss) Income |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Equity |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts) |
|
Balance at September
30, 2008 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
256,648 |
|
|
$ |
(5,781 |
) |
|
$ |
(13,739 |
) |
|
$ |
237,128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive loss,
net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,334 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,334 |
) |
|
|
(1,334 |
) |
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,306 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,306 |
|
|
|
|
|
Parent capital contribution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend to parent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,368 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,368 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,456 |
) |
|
|
(5,456 |
) |
|
|
(5,456 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(6,790 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2009 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
250,038 |
|
|
$ |
(7,115 |
) |
|
$ |
(19,195 |
) |
|
$ |
223,728 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive
income, net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,690 |
|
|
|
7,690 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
677 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend to parent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,867 |
) |
|
|
(6,867 |
) |
|
|
(6,867 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
823 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2010 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
250,620 |
|
|
$ |
575 |
|
|
$ |
(26,062 |
) |
|
$ |
225,133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive loss,
net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,592 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,592 |
) |
|
|
(4,592 |
) |
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend to parent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(221,197 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(221,197 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,142 |
) |
|
|
(34,142 |
) |
|
|
(34,142 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(38,734 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30,
2011 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
33,098 |
|
|
$ |
(4,017 |
) |
|
$ |
(60,204 |
) |
|
$ |
(31,123 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-6
National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands) |
|
Operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(34,142 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,867 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,456 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances |
|
|
11,670 |
|
|
|
12,458 |
|
|
|
11,712 |
|
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment |
|
|
23,306 |
|
|
|
23,172 |
|
|
|
24,233 |
|
Amortization of other intangible assets |
|
|
39,755 |
|
|
|
34,903 |
|
|
|
33,667 |
|
Amortization of original issue discount and initial purchasers discount |
|
|
1,924 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and write-off of financing costs |
|
|
10,545 |
|
|
|
3,190 |
|
|
|
3,266 |
|
Accretion of investment in related party debt securities |
|
|
(325 |
) |
|
|
(963 |
) |
|
|
(601 |
) |
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
3,675 |
|
|
|
677 |
|
|
|
1,306 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(19,524 |
) |
|
|
(13,876 |
) |
|
|
415 |
|
Gain from available for sale investment security |
|
|
(3,018 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets |
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
560 |
|
|
|
945 |
|
Change in the fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
(2,545 |
) |
|
|
1,424 |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash impairment charge |
|
|
11,893 |
|
|
|
6,552 |
|
|
|
3,012 |
|
Non-cash interest income from related party |
|
|
(359 |
) |
|
|
(958 |
) |
|
|
(601 |
) |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(19,424 |
) |
|
|
(16,004 |
) |
|
|
(14,318 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
2,928 |
|
|
|
1,478 |
|
|
|
5,722 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
(1,045 |
) |
|
|
6,096 |
|
|
|
(1,257 |
) |
Accrued payroll and related costs |
|
|
6,580 |
|
|
|
8,671 |
|
|
|
(2,040 |
) |
Other accrued liabilities |
|
|
(2,009 |
) |
|
|
9,351 |
|
|
|
(4,196 |
) |
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
1,704 |
|
|
|
2,603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
30,199 |
|
|
|
71,568 |
|
|
|
58,412 |
|
Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash received |
|
|
(12,688 |
) |
|
|
(49,337 |
) |
|
|
(33,638 |
) |
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(20,878 |
) |
|
|
(20,873 |
) |
|
|
(27,398 |
) |
Purchases of related party debt securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,555 |
) |
Changes in restricted cash |
|
|
(49,890 |
) |
|
|
4,146 |
|
|
|
542 |
|
Proceeds from sale of assets |
|
|
914 |
|
|
|
1,218 |
|
|
|
5,281 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(82,542 |
) |
|
|
(64,846 |
) |
|
|
(61,768 |
) |
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt |
|
|
(507,114 |
) |
|
|
(3,712 |
) |
|
|
(3,736 |
) |
Issuance of long term debt, net of original issue discount |
|
|
760,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from borrowings under senior revolver |
|
|
30,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of borrowings under senior revolver |
|
|
(30,600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of capital lease obligations |
|
|
(244 |
) |
|
|
(117 |
) |
|
|
(208 |
) |
Cash paid for contingent consideration |
|
|
(4,975 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend to Parent |
|
|
(207,855 |
) |
|
|
(95 |
) |
|
|
(8,368 |
) |
Parent capital contribution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452 |
|
Payments of financing costs |
|
|
(14,421 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
26,158 |
|
|
|
(3,924 |
) |
|
|
(11,902 |
) |
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(26,185 |
) |
|
|
2,798 |
|
|
|
(15,258 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
|
|
26,448 |
|
|
|
23,650 |
|
|
|
38,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
|
$ |
263 |
|
|
$ |
26,448 |
|
|
$ |
23,650 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest |
|
$ |
57,827 |
|
|
$ |
43,289 |
|
|
$ |
44,933 |
|
Cash paid for income taxes |
|
$ |
1,601 |
|
|
$ |
1,482 |
|
|
$ |
832 |
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued contingent consideration |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,617 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Accrued property, plant and equipment |
|
$ |
1,601 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligation incurred to acquire assets |
|
$ |
5,302 |
|
|
$ |
37 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Dividend to Parent |
|
$ |
(13,342 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-7
National Mentor Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2011
1. Basis of Presentation
National Mentor Holdings, Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the
Company), is a leading provider of home and community-based health and human services to adults
and children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities, acquired brain injury and other
catastrophic injuries and illnesses; and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically
complex challenges. Since the Companys founding in 1980, the Company has grown to provide services
to approximately 22,000 clients in 33 states.
The Company designs customized service plans to meet the unique needs of its clients, which it
delivers in home- and community-based settings. Most of the Companys service plans involve
residential support, typically in small group homes, host home settings, or specialized community
facilities, designed to improve the clients quality of life and to promote their independence and
participation in community life. Other services offered include supported living, day and
transitional programs, vocational services, case management, family-based services, post-acute
treatment and neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral rehabilitation and physical, occupational and
speech therapies, among others. The Companys customized service plans offer its clients as well as
the payors of these services, an attractive, cost-effective alternative to health and human
services provided in large, institutional settings.
2. Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned
subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
These accounting policies and estimates are constantly reevaluated, and adjustments are made
when facts and circumstances dictate a change.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers short-term investments with maturity dates of 90 days or less at the
date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily consist of bank deposits and the carrying value of cash equivalents approximates fair value.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash consists of a cash collateral account set up to support the issuance of
letters of credit under the institutional letter of credit facility and funds provided from
government payors restricted for client use. Restricted cash in fiscal 2010 also included cash
related to certain insurance coverage provided by the Companys captive insurance subsidiary which
was dissolved in fiscal 2010.
Financial Instruments
Financial instruments include cash, accounts receivables and accounts payable. The carrying
value of these instruments approximates their fair values. For financial investments fair valued at the end of each reporting period, see note 14.
F-8
Concentrations of Credit and Other Risks
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of
cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with
federally insured commercial banks in the United States. The Company derives approximately 90% of
its revenue from state and local government payors. These entities fund a significant portion of
their payments to the Company through federal matching funds, which pass through various state and
local government agencies.
The
Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts, which currently has unlimited
coverage by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(FDIC).
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is reported net of allowances for unauthorized sales and estimated sales adjustments.
Revenue is also reported net of any state provider taxes or gross receipts taxes levied on services
the Company provides. Sales adjustments are estimated based on an analysis of historical sales
adjustments and recent developments in payment trends. Revenue is recognized when evidence of
an arrangement exists, the service has been provided, the price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured.
The Company recognizes revenue for services performed pursuant to contracts with various state
and local government agencies and private health care agencies as follows: cost-reimbursement
contract revenue is recognized at the time the service costs are incurred and units-of-service
contract revenue is recognized at the time the service is provided. For the Companys
cost-reimbursement contracts, the rate provided by the payor is based on a certain level of service
and types of costs incurred in delivering the service. From time to time, the Company receives
payments under cost-reimbursement contracts in excess of the allowable costs required to support
those payments. In such instances, the Company estimates and records a liability for such excess
payments. At the end of the contract period, any balance of excess payments is maintained as a
liability until it is reimbursed to the payor. Revenue in the future may be affected by changes in
rate-setting structures, methodologies or interpretations that may be enacted in states where the
Company operates or by the federal government.
Cost of Revenue
The Company classifies expenses directly related to providing services as cost of revenue,
except for depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue, which are shown separately in
the consolidated statements of operations. Direct costs and expenses principally include salaries
and benefits for service provider employees, per diem payments to independently contracted
host-home caregivers (Mentors), residential occupancy expenses, which are primarily comprised of
rent and utilities related to facilities providing direct care, certain client expenses such as
food and medicine and transportation costs for clients requiring services.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The Company provides
for depreciation using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
Estimated useful lives for buildings are 30 years. The useful lives of computer hardware and
software are three years, the useful lives for furniture and equipment range from three to five
years and the useful lives for vehicles are five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining lease term or seven years. Capital lease
assets are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the asset.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as incurred.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from government agencies, not-for-profit
providers and commercial insurance companies. An estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is
recorded to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be
collected. In evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable, the Company considers a number
of factors, including payment trends in individual states, age of the accounts and the status of
ongoing disputes with third party payors. Complex rules and regulations regarding billing and
timely filing requirements in various states are also a factor in our assessment of the
collectibility of accounts receivable. Actual collections of accounts receivable in subsequent
periods may require changes in the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts. Changes in these
estimates are charged or credited to revenue as a contractual allowance in the consolidated statements of
operations in the period of the change in estimate.
F-9
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
The Company reviews costs of purchased businesses in excess of the fair value of net assets
acquired (goodwill), and indefinite-life intangible assets for impairment at least annually, unless
significant changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment may have occurred sooner. The
Company conducts its annual impairment test for both goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets
on July 1 of each year.
The Company is required to test goodwill on a reporting unit basis, which is the same level as
the Companys operating segments. The Company performs a two-step impairment test. The first step
is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. If the carrying amount
of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value then the second step of the goodwill impairment test
is performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of
the reporting units goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill in order to determine the
amount of impairment to be recognized. The excess of the carrying value of goodwill above the
implied goodwill, if any, would be recognized as an impairment charge. Fair values are established
using discounted cash flow and comparative market multiple methods.
The impairment test for indefinite-life intangible assets requires the determination of the
fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the indefinite-life intangible asset is
less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the
difference. Fair values are established using the Relief from Royalty Method.
The fair value of a reporting unit is based on discounted estimated future cash flows. The
assumptions used to estimate fair value include managements best estimates of future growth,
capital expenditures, discount rates and market conditions over an estimate of the remaining
operating period. As such, actual results may differ from these estimates and lead to a revaluation
of the Companys goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets. If updated estimates indicate that
the fair value of goodwill or any indefinite-life intangibles is less than the carrying value of
the asset, an impairment charge is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the period of the
change in estimate.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset.
If the carrying amount of the asset is determined not to be recoverable, a write-down to fair value
is recorded.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by multiplying the differences between the
financial reporting and tax reporting bases for assets and liabilities by the enacted tax rates
expected to be in effect when such differences are recovered or settled. These deferred tax assets
and liabilities are separated into current and long-term amounts based on the classification of the
related assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and netted by jurisdiction.
Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets are estimated based on the Companys assessment of the
realizability of such amounts.
The Company also recognizes the benefits of tax positions when certain criteria are satisfied.
The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely
than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on
the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from
such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty
percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and
penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense which is
consistent with the recognition of these items in prior reporting periods.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company reports derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value and
establish criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships. Changes in the fair
value of derivatives are recorded each period in current operations
or in shareholders equity as accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) depending upon whether the derivative is designated as part of a
hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction.
F-10
The Company, from time to time, enters into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against
variability in cash flows resulting from fluctuations in the benchmark interest rate, which is
LIBOR, on the Companys debt. These agreements involve the exchange of variable interest rates for
fixed interest rates over the life of the swap agreement without an exchange of the notional amount
upon which the payments are based. On a quarterly basis, the differential to be received or paid as
interest rates change is accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In addition, on a quarterly basis the mark to
market valuation is recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a change to
shareholders equity, net of tax. The related amount receivable from or payable to counterparties
is included as an asset or liability, respectively, in the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
Available-for-Sale Securities
The Companys investments in related party marketable debt securities have been classified as
available-for-sale securities and, accordingly, are valued at fair value at the end of each
reporting period. Unrealized gains and losses arising from such valuation are reported, net of
tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
Stock-Based Compensation
NMH Investment, LLC (NMH Investment), the Companys indirect parent, adopted an equity-based
compensation plan, and issued units of limited liability company interests consisting of Class B
Units, Class C Units, Class D Units, Class E Units and Class F Units pursuant to such plan. The
units are limited liability company interests and are available for issuance to the Companys
employees and members of the Board of Directors for incentive purposes. For purposes of determining
the compensation expense associated with these grants, management values the business enterprise
using a variety of widely accepted valuation techniques which considered a number of factors such
as the Companys financial performance, the values of comparable companies and the lack of
marketability of the Companys equity. The Company then used the option pricing method to determine
the fair value of these units at the time of grant using valuation assumptions consisting of the
expected term in which the units will be realized; a risk-free interest rate equal to the U.S.
federal treasury bond rate consistent with the term assumption; expected dividend yield, for which
there is none; and expected volatility based on the historical data of equity instruments of
comparable companies. The estimated fair value of the units, less an assumed forfeiture rate, is
recognized in expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards.
Accruals for Self-Insurance
The Company maintains employment practices liability, professional and general liability,
workers compensation, automobile liability and health insurance with policies that include
self-insured retentions. The Company records expenses related to claims on an incurred basis, which
includes estimates of fully developed losses for both reported and unreported claims. The accruals
for the health and workers compensation, automobile, employment practices and professional and
general liability programs are based on analyses performed internally by management and may take
into account reports by independent third parties. Accruals relating to prior periods are
periodically re-evaluated and increased or decreased based on new information.
Legal Contingencies
The Company is regularly involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings in the operation of
its business. The Company reserves for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and
the amount is reasonably estimable. While the Company believes its provision for legal
contingencies is adequate, the outcome of its legal proceedings is difficult to predict and we may
settle legal claims or be subject to judgments for amounts that differ from the Companys
estimates. In addition, legal contingencies could have a material adverse impact on the Companys
results of operations in any given future reporting period.
Reclassifications
The Company sold its home health business, closed certain business operations in the state of
Maryland and closed its business operations in the states of Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire and
New York. All fiscal years presented reflect the classification of these businesses as
discontinued operations.
The
Company has reclassified $5.9 million
and $5.6 million of expense associated with insurance coverage for
professional and general liability retentions and premiums and
employment practices liability from General and administrative
expense to Cost of revenue in the fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009
consolidated statements of operations, respectively. This change in
classification has been made to
conform to the fiscal 2011 presentation which the Company believes
more accurately reflects the direct relationship of these expenses to providing services.
F-11
3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Presentation of Insurance Claims and Related Insurance Recoveries In August 2010, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No 2010-24, Health
Care Entities (Topic 954), Presentation of Insurance Claims and Related Insurance Recoveries (ASU
2010-24), which clarifies that companies should not net insurance recoveries against a related
claim liability. Additionally, the amount of the claim liability should be determined without
consideration of insurance recoveries. The adoption of ASU 2010-24 is effective for the Company
beginning the first quarter of the fiscal year ending September 30, 2012 (fiscal 2012). The
Companys accounting for insurance recoveries and related claim liability will change on a
prospective basis on the date of adoption which will result in a corresponding increase in both assets and liabilities.
Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations In December
2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805),
Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations (ASU 2010-29). ASU
2010-29 requires a public entity to disclose pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity
for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that
occurred during the fiscal year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period or the
beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period if showing comparative financial
statements. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for the Company for business combinations for
which the acquisition date is on or after October 1, 2011.
Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP
and IFRS In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, Fair Value
Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure
Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (ASU 2011-04). Under ASU 2011-04, the valuation premise of
highest and best use is only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets.
Additionally, ASU 2011-04 includes enhanced disclosure requirements for fair value measurements.
ASU 2011-04 is effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2012. The
Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial statements.
Presentation of Comprehensive Income In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards
Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU
2011-05). ASU 2011-05 eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its
components in the statement of changes in equity. The final standard requires entities to present
net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two
separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 is
effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2012. The Company does not expect this to have a material impact to its
financial statements.
Intangibles Goodwill and Other In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards
Update No. 2011-08, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment
(ASU 2011-08). Under ASU 2011-08, an entity has the option to first assess
qualitative factors to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Additionally, an
entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and
proceed directly to performing the first step of the impairment test, and the perform the
qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. ASU 2011-08 is effective for the Company
beginning fiscal 2013. The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial
statements.
4. Comprehensive (Loss) Income
The components of comprehensive (loss) income and related tax effects are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(34,142 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,867 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,456 |
) |
Changes in unrealized (loss)
gain on derivatives net of
taxes of $(2,727), $5,030 and
$(1,105) for the year ended
September 30, 2011, 2010 and
2009, respectively |
|
|
(4,017 |
) |
|
|
7,408 |
|
|
|
(1,628 |
) |
Changes in unrealized (loss)
gain on available-for-sale
debt securities net of taxes
of $(390), $191 and $200 for
the year ended September 30,
2011, 2010 and 2009,
respectively |
|
|
(575 |
) |
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive (loss) income |
|
$ |
(38,734 |
) |
|
$ |
823 |
|
|
$ |
(6,790 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Business Combinations
The operating results of the businesses acquired are included in the consolidated statements
of operations from the date of acquisition. The Company accounted for the acquisitions under the
purchase method of accounting and, as a result, the purchase price was allocated to the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The excess of the
purchase price
over the estimated fair value of net tangible assets was allocated to specifically identified
intangible assets, with the residual being allocated to goodwill.
F-12
Fiscal 2011 Acquisitions
During fiscal 2011, the Company
acquired seven companies complementary to its business for
total fair value consideration of $12.6 million.
New Start Homes
On October 1, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of New Start Homes, Inc.
(New Start Homes) for total fair value consideration of
$0.7 million. New Start Homes is a health
facility located in California that provides congregate living inpatient services to mentally
alert individuals who have spinal cord injuries, neurological illnesses or injuries or similar
conditions and may be ventilator dependent. As a result of the New Start Homes acquisition, the
Company recorded $0.2 million of goodwill in the Post Acute Specialty Rehabilitation segment,
which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company
acquired $0.5 million of
intangible assets which included $0.3 million in agency contracts with a weighted average useful
life of eleven years and $0.2 million in license and permits with a weighted average useful life
of ten years.
ViaQuest On October 26, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of ViaQuest Behavorial Health
of Pennsylvannia, LLC (ViaQuest) for total cash of $1.1 million. ViaQuest provides residential
and periodic services to individuals with behavioral health issues. As a result of the ViaQuest
acquisition, the Company initially recorded $0.4 million of goodwill in the Human Services
segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.6 million
of intangibles assets which primarily included $0.5 million of agency contracts with a weighted
average useful life of eleven years. The remaining purchase price was allocated to tangible
assets. During fiscal 2011, the Company wrote off $0.2 million of goodwill and $0.2 million of
intangible assets related to underperforming programs within the Viaquest operations.
Phoenix Homes On December 31, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of Phoenix Homes, Inc.
(Phoenix Homes) for total cash of $1.1 million. Phoenix Homes is a licensed child-placing
agency that provides community-based, family focused therapeutic foster care to families and
children in crisis or at risk in Maryland and Rhode Island. As a result of this acquisition, the
Company recorded $0.1 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be
deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $1.0 million of intangibles assets which
primarily included $0.7 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven
years.
Inclusive Solution. On June 1, 2011, the Company acquired the assets of MEIS, LLC and New
Life Enterprises N.W. Ohio, Inc., d/b/a Inclusive Solutions (Inclusive Solutions) for total
cash of $2.0 million. Inclusive Solutions operates in Ohio and provides community based services
to individuals with developmental disabilities. As a result of this acquisition, the Company
recorded $0.6 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be
deductible for tax purposes. The acquired intangible assets included $0.5 million of agency
contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years and $0.4 million of license and
permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years. The remaining purchase price was
allocated to tangible assets.
Communicare. On June 23, 2011, the Company acquired the assets of Communicare, LLC
(Communicare) for total fair value consideration of $8.1 million, which initially included $0.8
million of accrued contingent consideration. The contingency will be resolved on June 30, 2012
and provides for an additional $0.9 million in cash to be paid based upon the purchased entitys
achieving certain earnings targets. The fair value of the contingent consideration on the date of
acquisition was $0.8 million and was subsequently reduced to zero at September 30, 2011. The
subsequent adjustment was recognized as an increase to earnings and included in General and
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Communicare provides health, rehabilitation and residential services in the state of Florida
to individuals with brain injuries, neuromuscular disorders, spinal cord injuries, pulmonary
disorders, congenital anomalies, developmental disabilities and similar conditions. The Company
recorded $3.8 million of goodwill in the Post Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment as
a result of the Communicare acquisition, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The Company acquired $4.2 million of intangible assets which primarily included $2.0 million of
agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years and $1.6 million of
non-compete with an estimated useful life of five years, The remaining purchase price was
allocated to tangible assets and liabilities.
F-13
Other Acquisitions During fiscal 2011, the Company acquired the assets of SunnySide Homes
of Redwood Falls, Inc., which consists of two group homes and TheraCare of
New Jersey, Inc., a provider of behavioral health services for total cash of $0.3
million and $0.2 million of which was allocated to intangible assets.
The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Start |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inclusive |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Homes |
|
|
ViaQuest |
|
|
Phoenix |
|
|
Solutions |
|
|
Communicare |
|
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
TOTAL |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
191 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
191 |
|
Other assets, current and
long term |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Identifiable intangible assets |
|
|
450 |
|
|
|
641 |
|
|
|
951 |
|
|
|
984 |
|
|
|
4,238 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
7,581 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507 |
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(800 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(916 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable net assets |
|
$ |
453 |
|
|
$ |
716 |
|
|
$ |
955 |
|
|
$ |
1,397 |
|
|
$ |
3,529 |
|
|
$ |
317 |
|
|
$ |
7,367 |
|
Goodwill |
|
$ |
197 |
|
|
$ |
384 |
|
|
$ |
120 |
|
|
$ |
603 |
|
|
$ |
3,795 |
|
|
$ |
122 |
|
|
$ |
5,221 |
|
Fiscal 2010 Acquisitions
During fiscal 2010, the Company acquired seven companies complementary to its business for
total fair value consideration of $52.1 million, including $3.0 million of contingent
consideration. Since the initial estimate, the fair value of the contingent consideration
increased to $3.3 million.
Springbrook On January 15, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of Springbrook, Inc. and an
affiliate (together, Springbrook) for total fair value consideration of $6.3 million, which
included $1.6 million of initially estimated contingent consideration. Since the initial estimate, the fair value of
the contingent consideration increased to $3.3 million based on actual financial performance of
Springbook and was paid in its entirety during fiscal 2011. Adjustments to the fair value of the
contingent consideration were recorded in General and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Springbrook operates in Arizona and Oregon and provides residential and mental health services
to individuals with developmental disabilities and behavioral issues. As a result of the
Springbrook acquisition, the Company recorded $1.4 million of goodwill in the Human Services
segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company recorded $6.0 million of
intangible assets, $5.2 million of which was agency contracts with a weighted average useful life
of eleven years.
Villages The Company acquired the assets of two California facilities (together,
Villages), on January 29, 2010 and on February 11, 2010, engaged in neurorehabilitation
services for total cash of $7.0 million. As a result of these acquisitions, the Company recorded
$3.2 million of goodwill in the Post Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment, which is
expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $3.8 million of intangible
assets which primarily included $3.5 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful
life of eleven years.
NeuroRestorative On February 22, 2010, in a purchase of stock and assets, the Company
acquired a provider of neurobehavioral and supported living programs (NeuroRestorative) for
total cash of $16.8 million. NeuroRestorative has operations in Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma and
Texas and serves individuals who have sustained a traumatic brain injury. As a result of the
NeuroRestorative acquisition, the Company initially recorded $6.3 million of goodwill in the Post
Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment, none of which is expected to be deductible for
tax purposes. The Company acquired $13.5 million of intangible assets which primarily included
$11.4 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years and $1.4
million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years. During fiscal
2011, the Company wrote off $0.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million of intangible assets
related to underperforming programs within the NeuroRestorative operations.
Anchor Inne On June 30, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of Anchor Inne, Inc. (Anchor
Inne) for total cash of $3.4 million. Anchor Inne has operations in Pennsylvania and serves
individuals who have sustained a traumatic brain injury. As a result of the Anchor Inne
acquisition, the Company recorded $1.3 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute Specialty
Rehabilitation Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company
acquired $2.1 million of intangible assets which
primarily included $1.9 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of
eleven years.
F-14
Woodhill Homes On September 15, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of Woodhill Homes,
Inc. (Woodhill) for total cash of $3.5 million. Woodhill operates group homes serving I/DD
residents in Minnesota. As a result of the Woodhill acquisition, the Company recorded $1.3
million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax
purposes. The Company acquired $2.1 million of intangible assets which primarily included $2.0
million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years.
PLUS On September 24, 2010, the Company acquired the stock of Progressive Living Units
Systems-New Jersey, Inc (PLUS) for total cash of $12.1 million. PLUS has operations in New
Jersey and Pennsylvania and provides supported and independent living services to individuals who
have sustained a traumatic brain injury. As a result of the PLUS acquisition, the Company
recorded $5.2 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment,
none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $10.3 million
of intangible assets which primarily included $7.6 million of agency contracts with a weighted
average useful life of ten years and $2.7 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average
useful life of ten years.
The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Springbrook |
|
|
Villages |
|
|
Neuro |
|
|
Anchor Inne |
|
|
Woodhill |
|
|
PLUS |
|
|
TOTAL |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
$ |
258 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,691 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
799 |
|
|
$ |
3,748 |
|
Other assets, current and long term |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
805 |
|
Identifiable intangible assets |
|
|
5,974 |
|
|
|
3,827 |
|
|
|
13,492 |
|
|
|
2,072 |
|
|
|
2,133 |
|
|
|
10,253 |
|
|
|
37,751 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
402 |
|
|
|
984 |
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
(1,624 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,038 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(451 |
) |
|
|
(3,113 |
) |
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,746 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,146 |
) |
|
|
(9,892 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable net assets |
|
$ |
4,811 |
|
|
$ |
3,847 |
|
|
$ |
10,444 |
|
|
$ |
2,127 |
|
|
$ |
2,176 |
|
|
$ |
6,878 |
|
|
$ |
30,283 |
|
Goodwill |
|
$ |
1,449 |
|
|
$ |
3,195 |
|
|
$ |
6,336 |
|
|
$ |
1,299 |
|
|
$ |
1,324 |
|
|
$ |
5,211 |
|
|
$ |
18,814 |
|
Pro forma Results of Operations
The unaudited pro forma results of operations provided below for fiscal 2011 and 2010 is
presented as though acquisitions made during fiscal 2011 and 2010 had occurred at the beginning of
the periods presented. The pro forma information presented below does not intend to indicate what
the Companys results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had in fact occurred at
the beginning of the earliest period presented nor does it intend to be a projection of the impact
on future results or trends. The Company has determined that the presentation of the results of
operations for each of these acquisitions, from the date of acquisition, is impracticable due to
the integration of the operations upon acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
1,083,088 |
|
|
$ |
1,068,656 |
|
Income from operations |
|
|
37,470 |
|
|
|
56,634 |
|
F-15
Fiscal 2009 Acquisitions
During fiscal 2009, the Company acquired four companies for total cash of $22.9 million, as
described below:
Institute for Family Centered Services, Inc. On June 1, 2009, the Company acquired the stock
of Institute for Family Centered Services, Inc. (IFCS) for total cash of $11.5 million. In
addition, the Company accrued an additional $3.4 million of contingent consideration which was paid
in fiscal 2011. IFCS provides home and community-based mental health services to children and
adults utilizing a Family Centered Treatment model (FCT Model) which focuses treatment on the
individual within his or her immediate family environment. IFCS operates in Florida, Maryland,
North Carolina and Virginia. As a result of the IFCS acquisition, the Company recorded $4.5 million
of aggregate goodwill in the Human Services segment, none of which is expected to be deductible for
tax purposes. The Company acquired $8.2 million of intangible assets which primarily included $6.8
million of agency contracts with a weighted average life of eleven years.
Lakeview Healthcare Systems, Inc On August 1, 2009, the Company acquired the stock of Lakeview
Healthcare Systems, Inc. (Lakeview) for total cash of $10.4 million. Lakeview operates in New
Hampshire, Maine, Rhode Island, Virginia and Wisconsin and is a provider of neurobehavioral and
supported living programs serving individuals who have sustained a traumatic brain injury. As a
result of the Lakeview acquisition, the Company recorded $5.6 million of goodwill in the Post Acute
Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax
purposes. The Company acquired $7.5 million of intangible assets which primarily included $6.5
million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of twelve years.
Other Acquisitions In addition to IFCS and Lakeview, the Company acquired RIA, Inc., a
developmental disability group home provider and Stepping Stones, Inc, a provider of transitional
therapeutic support services for adults with acquired brain injuries, both in the Human Services
segment for total consideration of $1.1 million. As a result of these acquisitions, the Company
recorded $0.4 million of goodwill and $0.6 million of intangible assets.
The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
IFCS |
|
|
Lakeview |
|
|
Other |
|
|
TOTAL |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
$ |
2,508 |
|
|
$ |
588 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
3,096 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, current and long term |
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
722 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identifiable intangible assets |
|
|
8,187 |
|
|
|
7,543 |
|
|
|
566 |
|
|
|
16,296 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
810 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
1,175 |
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
(4,773 |
) |
|
|
(589 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,362 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,724 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,724 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable net assets |
|
$ |
6,971 |
|
|
$ |
4,786 |
|
|
$ |
685 |
|
|
$ |
12,442 |
|
Goodwill |
|
$ |
4,509 |
|
|
$ |
5,582 |
|
|
$ |
389 |
|
|
$ |
10,480 |
|
6. Discontinued Operations
RCDS
During fiscal 2011, the Company closed its business operations in the state of New York,
Rockland Child Development Services, Inc. (RCDS) and recognized a pre-tax loss of $8.0 million.
RCDS was acquired in December 2006 and, as a result of this closure, the Company no longer provides
services in New York. RCDS was included in the Human Services segment and the results of
operations are reported separately as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of
operations and the prior periods have been reclassified. All assets and liabilities related to RCDS
were disposed of as of September 30, 2011. Loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2011
included a $3.1 million write-off of goodwill and a
$2.8 million write-off of intangible assets.
REM Colorado
During fiscal 2010, the Company closed its business operations in the state of Colorado (REM
Colorado) and recognized a pre-tax loss of $3.0 million for fiscal 2010. REM Colorado was included
in the Human Services Segment and the results of operations are
presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the
prior periods have been reclassified. Loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2010 included a
$2.5 million write-off of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.
F-16
REM Maryland
Also during fiscal 2010, the Company closed certain business operations in the state of
Maryland (REM Maryland) and recognized a pre-tax loss of $5.2 million for fiscal 2010. REM
Maryland was included in the Human Services Segment and the results of operations are presented as
discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the prior periods have
been reclassified. Loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2010 included a $4.2 million
write-off of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment and goodwill. At September 30, 2010, there was $1.8 million of property and equipment held for
sale which was immaterial to the Company and, as a result, was not reported separately as assets
held for sale in the Companys financial statements.
REM Health
During fiscal 2009, the Company sold REM Health, Inc., REM Health of Wisconsin, Inc., and REM
Health of Iowa, Inc. (together, REM Health) and recognized a pre-tax loss of $0.9 million. REM
Health was included in the Human Services segment and the results of operations were reported
separately as discontinued operations for all periods presented. All assets and liabilities related
to REM Health were disposed of as of September 30, 2009.
Other
During fiscal 2011, the Company closed its business operations in the states of Nebraska and
New Hampshire and recognized a pre-tax loss of $0.2 million for fiscal 2011. The results of
operations are reported separately as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of
operations and the prior periods have been reclassified.
Also, during fiscal 2009, the Company sold its business operations in the state of Utah (REM
Utah) and recognized a pre-tax loss from discontinued operations of $1.4 million. REM Utahs
results of operations were immaterial and, as a result, were not reported separately as
discontinued operations.
The net revenue and loss before taxes for the Companys discontinued operations at September
30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
6,653 |
|
|
$ |
14,426 |
|
|
$ |
37,756 |
|
Loss before taxes |
|
|
8,221 |
|
|
|
8,993 |
|
|
|
4,591 |
|
7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The changes in goodwill for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Acute |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specialty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Human |
|
|
Rehabilitation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services |
|
|
Services |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Balance as of September 30, 2009 |
|
$ |
164,030 |
|
|
$ |
42,669 |
|
|
$ |
206,699 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill acquired through acquisitions |
|
|
2,788 |
|
|
|
16,283 |
|
|
|
19,071 |
|
Goodwill written off related to disposal of businesses |
|
|
(435 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(435 |
) |
Adjustments to goodwill, net |
|
|
3,502 |
|
|
|
920 |
|
|
|
4,422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of September 30, 2010 |
|
|
169,885 |
|
|
|
59,872 |
|
|
|
229,757 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill acquired through acquisitions |
|
|
1,229 |
|
|
|
3,992 |
|
|
|
5,221 |
|
Goodwill written off related to disposal of businesses |
|
|
(3,296 |
) |
|
|
(469 |
) |
|
|
(3,765 |
) |
Adjustments to goodwill, net |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
(257 |
) |
|
|
(198 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of September 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
167,877 |
|
|
$ |
63,138 |
|
|
$ |
231,015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
The adjustments to goodwill in fiscal 2010 primarily included an adjustment of $3.3 million
related to the earn-out payment associated with the IFCS acquisition. The remaining adjustments in
fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 relate to the finalization of the purchase price for acquisitions
during the measurement period.
During fiscal 2011, the Company
wrote-off goodwill of underperforming programs which were closed as of September 30, 2011. The
total charge was $3.8 million and included $0.5 million in Post-Acute Specialty
Rehabilitation Services segment and $3.3 million in the Human Services segment, $3.1 million of
which related to RCDS and is reported as discontinued operations. The remaining charges
are included in General and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Annual Goodwill Impairment Testing
The Company tests goodwill at least annually for possible impairment. Accordingly, the Company
completes the annual testing of impairment for goodwill on July 1 of each fiscal year. In addition
to its annual test, the Company regularly evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred
that may indicate a potential impairment of these assets.
The process of testing goodwill for impairment involves the determination of the fair value of
the applicable reporting units. The test consists of a two-step process. The first step is the
comparison of the fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if the
carrying value exceeds the fair value. The second step measures the amount of an impairment loss,
and is only performed if the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit. The
Company performed its annual impairment testing for its reporting units as of July 1, 2011, its
annual impairment date, and concluded based on the first step of the process that there was no
goodwill impairment.
The Company has consistently employed the income approach to estimate the current fair value
when testing for impairment of goodwill. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are
involved in the application of the income approach to forecast operating cash flows, including
revenue growth, tax rates, capital spending, discount rate and working capital changes.
Cash flow forecasts are based on business unit operating plans and historical relationships.
The income approach is sensitive to changes in long-term terminal growth rates and the discount
rate. The long-term terminal growth rates are consistent with the Companys historical long-term
terminal growth rates, as the current economic trends are not expected to affect the long-term
terminal growth rates of the Company.
In fiscal 2011, the long-term terminal growth rates for the Companys reporting units ranged
from 2.0% to 11.0%. The range for the discount rates for the reporting units was 10.0% to 11.5%.
Keeping all other variables constant, a 5% to 10% change in any one of the input assumptions for
the various reporting units would still allow the Company to conclude, based on the first step of
the process, that there was no impairment of goodwill.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of the following as of September 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
Carrying |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Intangible |
|
Description |
|
Remaining Life |
|
Value |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Assets, Net |
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agency contracts |
|
11 years |
|
$ |
459,044 |
|
|
$ |
138,105 |
|
|
$ |
320,939 |
|
Non-compete/non-solicit |
|
4 years |
|
|
2,693 |
|
|
|
664 |
|
|
|
2,029 |
|
Relationship with contracted caregivers |
|
5 years |
|
|
11,118 |
|
|
|
5,765 |
|
|
|
5,353 |
|
Trade names |
|
6 years |
|
|
3,774 |
|
|
|
1,688 |
|
|
|
2,086 |
|
Trade names (indefinite life) |
|
|
|
|
42,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,400 |
|
Licenses and permits |
|
5 years |
|
|
43,636 |
|
|
|
19,532 |
|
|
|
24,104 |
|
Intellectual property |
|
5 years |
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
563,569 |
|
|
$ |
166,055 |
|
|
$ |
397,514 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Intangible assets consist of the following as of September 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
Carrying |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Intangible |
|
Description |
|
Remaining Life |
|
Value |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Assets, Net |
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agency contracts |
|
12 years |
|
$ |
465,679 |
|
|
$ |
113,418 |
|
|
$ |
352,261 |
|
Non-compete/non-solicit |
|
5 years |
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
641 |
|
Relationship with contracted caregivers |
|
6 years |
|
|
12,804 |
|
|
|
5,977 |
|
|
|
6,827 |
|
Trade names |
|
7 years |
|
|
4,039 |
|
|
|
1,463 |
|
|
|
2,576 |
|
Trade names (indefinite life) |
|
|
|
|
47,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,700 |
|
Licenses and permits |
|
6 years |
|
|
42,713 |
|
|
|
15,693 |
|
|
|
27,020 |
|
Intellectual property |
|
6 years |
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
|
732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
574,883 |
|
|
$ |
137,126 |
|
|
$ |
437,757 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For fiscal years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amortization expense for continuing operations was $38.7
million, $33.6 million and $32.0 million, respectively, and the amortization expense for discontinued
operations was $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
Annual Indefinite Life Impairment Testing
The Company tests indefinite-life intangible assets at least annually for possible impairment.
Accordingly, the Company completes the annual testing of impairment for indefinite-life intangible
assets on July 1 of each fiscal year. In addition to its annual test, the Company regularly
evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential impairment of
these assets.
The Company has consistently employed the Relief from Royalty model to estimate the current
fair value when testing for impairment of indefinite-life intangible assets. The impairment test
consists of a comparison of the fair value of the non-amortizing intangible asset with its carrying
amount. If the carrying amount of an indefinite-life intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an
impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess is recognized.
In addition, the Company evaluates the remaining useful life of its indefinite-life intangible
assets at least annually to determine whether events or circumstances continue to support an
indefinite useful life. If events or circumstances indicate that the useful lives of
indefinite-life intangible assets are no longer indefinite, the assets will be tested for
impairment.
The Company performed its annual impairment testing as of July 1, 2011, its annual impairment
date, and concluded that its indefinite lived trade names were impaired by $5.3 million. The
decline in the fair value of the tradenames to below their book value is primarily the result of
lower revenue growth relative to the assumptions made in the prior fiscal year. This impairment
charge is included in General and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations and is classified as Corporate in note 18. The fair market value of these assets was determined using
managements estimates about future cash flows, which is a Level 3 financial measurement.
Long Lived Impairment Testing
During the assessment of long-lived assets that was performed during fiscal 2011, the Company
determined that the carrying value of certain of its agency contracts, licenses and permits in the Human
Services and Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segments exceeded their fair value. As a result, the
Company recorded a $2.7 million charge primarily related to the write-off of agency contracts of underperforming programs which were
closed as of September 30, 2011. The fair market value of these assets was determined using
managements estimates about future cash flows, which is a Level
3 financial measurement. These
charges are included in Depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations.
The estimated remaining amortization expense related to intangible assets with finite lives
for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending |
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
(In thousands) |
|
2012 |
|
$ |
36,605 |
|
2013 |
|
|
36,579 |
|
2014 |
|
|
35,908 |
|
2015 |
|
|
34,065 |
|
2016 |
|
|
32,399 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
179,558 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
355,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
8. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following at September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Buildings and land |
|
$ |
122,602 |
|
|
$ |
114,926 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
35,915 |
|
|
|
32,263 |
|
Computer hardware |
|
|
21,032 |
|
|
|
19,827 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
19,856 |
|
|
|
15,012 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
8,949 |
|
|
|
9,011 |
|
Office and telecommunication equipment |
|
|
7,640 |
|
|
|
6,601 |
|
Construction in progress |
|
|
654 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
216,648 |
|
|
|
197,818 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(70,392 |
) |
|
|
(55,706 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
146,256 |
|
|
$ |
142,112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
fiscal years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009, depreciation expense for
continuing operations was $23.2 million, $22.8 million and $23.6
million, respectively, and depreciation expense for discontinued
operations was $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million,
respectively.
9. Certain Balance Sheet Accounts
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following at September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Prepaid business expense |
|
$ |
3,572 |
|
|
$ |
3,184 |
|
Prepaid insurance |
|
|
3,099 |
|
|
|
7,103 |
|
Other |
|
|
3,298 |
|
|
|
4,414 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
$ |
9,969 |
|
|
$ |
14,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Accrued Liabilities
Other accrued liabilities consist of the following at September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Accrued insurance |
|
$ |
14,074 |
|
|
$ |
6,238 |
|
Accrued swap valuation liability |
|
|
6,744 |
|
|
|
|
|
Due to third party payors |
|
|
6,339 |
|
|
|
5,547 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,420 |
|
Contingent consideration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,353 |
|
Other |
|
|
19,371 |
|
|
|
20,749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
46,528 |
|
|
$ |
48,307 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
10. Long-term Debt
The Companys long-term debt consists of the following at September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Term loan, principal and interest due in quarterly installments through February 9, 2017 |
|
$ |
527,350 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Original issue discount on term loan, net of accumulated amortization |
|
|
(7,081 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Senior notes, due February 15, 2018; semi-annual cash interest payments due each February 1st and
August 1st (interest rate of 12.50%) |
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Original issue discount and initial purchase discount on senior notes, net of accumulated amortization |
|
|
(10,227 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Senior revolver, due February 9, 2016; quarterly cash interest payments at a variable interest rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Old senior term B loan, principal and interest were due in quarterly installments through June 29,
2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
320,763 |
|
Old senior revolver, due June 29, 2012; quarterly cash interest payments at a variable interest rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior subordinated notes, due July 1, 2014; semi-annual cash interest payments were due each January
1st and July 1st (interest rate of 11.25%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
180,000 |
|
Mortgage facility, principal and interest due in monthly installments through June 29, 2012; variable
interest rate (4.75% at September 30, 2010) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
760,042 |
|
|
|
504,466 |
|
Less current portion |
|
|
5,300 |
|
|
|
3,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt |
|
$ |
754,742 |
|
|
$ |
500,799 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At September 30, 2010, the Company had $504.5 million of indebtedness, consisting of $320.8
million of indebtedness under the old senior secured term B loan facility, $180.0 million principal
amount of the 11.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the senior subordinated notes) and $3.7
million outstanding under the mortgage facility. As of September 30, 2010, the Company did not have
any borrowings under the old senior revolving credit facility (the old senior revolver).
On February 9, 2011, the Company completed refinancing transactions, which included entering
into senior secured credit facilities (as discussed below) and issuing $250.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of 12.50% senior notes due 2018 (the senior notes).
In connection with the refinancing transactions, the old senior secured credit facilities and
the mortgage facility were repaid. Approximately $171.9 million of the senior subordinated notes
were purchased on February 9, 2011 pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation for the
senior subordinated notes and the remaining senior subordinated notes were redeemed prior to March
31, 2011.
The Company incurred $19.3 million of expenses related to the refinancing transactions
including (i) $10.8 million related to the tender premium and consent fees paid in connection with
the repurchase of the senior subordinated notes, (ii) $7.9 million related to the acceleration of
financing costs related to the prior indebtedness and (iii) $0.6 million related to transaction
costs. These expenses are recorded on the Companys consolidated statements of operations as
Extinguishment of debt.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
On February 9, 2011, the Company entered into new senior secured credit facilities, consisting
of a (i) six-year $530.0 million term loan facility (the term loan), of which $50.0 million was
deposited in a cash collateral account in support of issuance of letters of credit under an
institutional letter of credit facility (the institutional letter of credit facility) and a (ii)
$75.0 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the senior revolver). The
Company refers to these facilities as the senior secured credit facilities.
Term loan
The $530.0 million term loan was issued at a price equal to 98.5% of its face value and
amortizes one percent per year, paid quarterly, with the remaining balance payable at maturity. The
senior credit agreement also includes a provision for the prepayment of a portion of the
outstanding term loan amounts beginning in fiscal 2011 equal to an
amount ranging from 0 to 50% of a
calculated amount, depending on the Companys leverage ratio, if the Company generates certain
levels of cash flow. The Company was not required to make such a
prepayment of its term loan during fiscal 2011. The variable interest rate on the term loan is equal to (i) a rate equal to
the greater of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the
Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day plus 100 basis
points, plus 4.25%; or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (provided that the rate shall not be less than
1.75% per annum), plus 5.25%, at the Companys option. At September 30, 2011, the variable interest
rate on the term loan was 7.0%.
F-21
Senior revolver
During
fiscal 2011, the Company borrowed $30.6 million under the senior
revolver and repaid the entire amount during the year. At
September 30, 2011, the Company had the full $75.0 million of availability under
the senior revolver and $35.9 million of standby letters of credit issued under the institutional
letter of credit facility primarily related to the Companys workers compensation insurance
coverage. Letters of credit can be issued under the Companys institutional letter of credit
facility up to the $50.0 million limit and letters of credit in excess of that amount reduce
availability under the Companys senior revolver. The interest rates for any borrowings under the
senior revolver are the same as the term loan.
Senior Notes
On February 9, 2011, the Company issued $250.0 million of the senior notes at a price equal to
97.737% of their face value, for net proceeds of $244.3 million. The net proceeds were reduced by
an initial purchasers discount of $5.6 million. The senior notes are the Companys unsecured
obligations and are guaranteed by certain of the Companys existing subsidiaries.
Covenants
The senior credit agreement and the indenture governing the senior notes contain negative
financial and non-financial covenants, including, among other things, limitations on the Companys
ability to incur additional debt, transfer or sell assets, pay dividends, redeem stock or make
other distributions or investments, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In
addition, the senior credit agreement governing the Companys senior secured credit facilities
contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain a specified consolidated leverage
ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio commencing with the quarter ending September 30,
2011.
The Company is restricted from paying dividends to NMH Holdings, LLC (Parent) in excess of
$15.0 million, except for dividends used for the repurchase of equity from former officers and
employees and for the payment of management fees, taxes, and certain other expenses.
Derivatives
The Company entered into an interest rate swap in a notional amount of $400.0 million
effective March 31, 2011 and ending September 30, 2014. The Company entered into this interest rate
swap to hedge the risk of changes in the floating rate of interest on borrowings under the term
loan. Under the terms of the swap, the Company receives from the counterparty a quarterly payment
based on a rate equal to the greater of 3-month LIBOR and 1.75% per annum, and the Company makes
payments to the counterparty based on a fixed rate of 2.5465% per annum, in each case on the
notional amount of $400.0 million, settled on a net payment basis. Based on the applicable margin
of 5.25% under the Companys term loan, this swap effectively fixes the Companys cost of borrowing
for $400.0 million of the term loan at 7.7965% per annum for the term of the swap.
The Company accounts for the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge and the effectiveness of
the hedge relationship is assessed on a quarterly basis. The fair value of the swap agreement,
representing the price that would be paid to transfer the liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants, was $6.7 million or $4.0 million after taxes at September 30, 2011.
The fair value was recorded in current liabilities (under Other accrued liabilities) and was
determined based on pricing models and independent formulas using current assumptions. The entire
change in fair market value is recorded in shareholders equity, net of tax, on the
consolidated balance sheets as accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss).
F-22
Annual maturities
Annual maturities of the Companys debt for the years ended September 30 are as follows.
Amounts due at any year end may increase as a result of the provision in the senior credit
agreement that requires a prepayment of a portion of the outstanding term loan amounts if the
Company generates certain levels of cash flow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 |
|
$ |
5,300 |
|
2013 |
|
|
5,300 |
|
2014 |
|
|
5,300 |
|
2015 |
|
|
5,300 |
|
2016 |
|
|
5,300 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
750,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
777,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
11. Shareholders Equity
Common Stock
The holders of the Companys common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as
declared by the Companys Board of Directors. In addition, the holders of common stock are entitled
to one vote per share. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are held by Parent.
Dividend to Parent
On February 9, 2011, as part of the refinancing transactions described in note 10, the Company
declared a dividend of $219.7 million to Parent, which in turn made a distribution of $219.7
million to its direct parent, NMH Holdings, Inc. (NMH Holdings). NMH Holdings used the proceeds
of the distribution to (i) repurchase $210.9 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the NMH Holdings notes) at a premium not including $13.3 million
principal amount of NMH Holdings notes the Company held as an investment and that were also repurchased and (ii) pay related fees
and expenses.
During fiscal 2009, the Company paid a $7.0 million dividend to Parent, which used the
proceeds of the dividend to make a distribution to NMH Holdings. NMH Holdings used the proceeds of
the distribution to repurchase $13.9 million in aggregate principal amount of the NMH Holdings notes.
Also, during fiscal 2009, the Company paid a dividend of $1.05 million to Parent, which used
the proceeds of the dividend to make a distribution to NMH Holdings, which in turn used the
proceeds of the distribution to pay a dividend of $1.05 million to NMH Investment. NMH Investment
used the proceeds of the dividend to make a contribution to its
wholly-owned subsidiary ESB
Holdings, LLC, which is an affiliate of the Company. ESB Holdings, in turn, used the proceeds to
reimburse the Company for certain expenses the Company had incurred on its behalf in connection
with exploring a strategic initiative.
12. Employee Savings and Retirement Plans
The
Company has a multi-company plan (the Plan) which covers all of its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. Under the Plan, employees may contribute a portion of their earnings, which are
invested in mutual funds of their choice. After January 1, the Company makes a matching
contribution for the previous calendar year on behalf of all participants employed on the last day
of the year. This matching contribution vests immediately. In addition, there is a profit sharing
feature of the Plan, whereby, at the discretion of management, an allocation may be made to all of
the eligible employees in one or more of its subsidiaries. Profit sharing contributions vest
ratably over three years with forfeitures available to cover plan costs and employer matches in
future years. The Company made contributions of $3.7 million, $4.6 million, and $3.8 million, for
fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
F-23
The Company has the following two deferred compensation plans:
The National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
The National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded,
nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement for senior management, in which the Company
contributes to the executives account a percentage of the executives base compensation. This
contribution is made at the end of the year for service rendered during the year. The Company
contributed $0.5 million, $0.3 million, and $0.2 million for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009,
respectively. The unfunded accrued liability was $1.8 million as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 and
was included in other long-term liabilities on the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
The National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferral Plan
The National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferral Plan, available to highly compensated
employees, is a plan in which participants contribute a percentage of salary and/or bonus earned
during the year. Employees contributed $1.0 million, $0.8 million, and $0.9 million for fiscal
2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The accrued liability related to this plan was $3.8 million and
$3.6 million as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and was included in other long-term
liabilities on the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
In connection with the National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferral Plan, the Company
purchased Company Owned Life Insurance (COLI) policies on certain plan participants. The cash
surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the accrued
liability. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies was $3.4 million and $3.1 million as of
September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and was included in other assets on the Companys
consolidated balance sheets.
13. Related Party Transactions
Management Agreements
On June 29, 2006, the Company entered into a management agreement with Vestar Capital Partners
V, L.P. (Vestar) relating to certain advisory and consulting services for an annual management
fee equal to the greater of (i) $850 thousand or (ii) an amount equal to 1.0% of the Companys
consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and management fee for
each fiscal year determined as set forth in the Companys senior credit agreement.
As part of the management agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify Vestar and its affiliates
from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the performance by
Vestar of its services pursuant to the management agreement. The management agreement will
terminate upon such time that Vestar and its partners and their respective affiliates hold,
directly or indirectly in the aggregate, less than 20% of the voting power of the outstanding
voting stock of the Company.
This agreement was amended and restated effective February 9, 2011 to provide for the payment
of reasonable and customary fees to Vestar for services in connection with a sale of the Company,
an initial public offering by or involving NMH Investment or any of its
subsidiaries or any extraordinary acquisition by or involving NMH Investment or any of its
subsidiaries; provided, that such fees shall only be paid with the consent of the directors of the
Company who are not affiliated with or employed by Vestar. The
Company expensed $1.3 million, $1.2
million and $1.1 million of management fees and expenses for the years ended September 30, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively. The accrued liability related to the
management agreement was $0.4 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010.
Consulting Agreement
During fiscal 2011 and 2010, the Company engaged Alvarez & Marsal Healthcare Industry Group
(Alvarez & Marsal) to provide certain transaction advisory and other services. A Company
director, Guy Sansone, is a Managing Director at Alvarez & Marsal and the head of its Healthcare
Industry Group. The engagement resulted in aggregate fees of $1.0 million for the year ended
September 30, 2011, and was approved by the Companys Audit Committee. Mr. Sansone is not a member
of the Companys Audit Committee and was not personally involved in the engagement.
The Company engaged Duff & Phelps, LLC as a financial advisor in connection with the
refinancing transactions described in note 10, including the repurchase of the NMH Holdings notes,
and related matters. According to public filings, Vestar owns 12.4% of the Class A common stock of
Duff & Phelps Corporation, the parent company of Duff & Phelps, LLC, and one of Vestars principals
serves on the Board of Directors of Duff & Phelps Corporation but was not personally involved in
this engagement. This engagement resulted in fees of approximately $0.2 million during the year
ended September 30, 2011 and was approved by the Companys Board
of Directors, with the Vestar members abstaining from voting.
F-24
Lease Agreements
The Company leases several offices, homes and other facilities from its employees, or from
relatives of employees, primarily in the states of California, Nevada
and Minnesota, which have
various expiration dates extending out as far as July 2016. In connection with the acquisition
of NeuroRestorative in the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company entered into a lease of a
treatment facility in Arkansas with a former shareholder and executive who is providing consulting
services. The lease is an operating lease with an initial ten-year term, and the total expected
minimum lease commitment is $7.0 million.
Related party lease expense was $3.7 million, $3.9 million and $2.6 million for the fiscal
years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Investment in Related Party Debt Securities
During fiscal 2009, the Company purchased $11.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the
NMH Holdings notes for $6.6 million. The security was classified as an available-for-sale debt
security and recorded on the Companys consolidated balance sheets as Investment in related party
debt securities. Cash interest on the NMH Holdings notes accrued at a rate per annum, reset
quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 6.375%, and PIK Interest (defined below) accrued at the cash
interest rate plus 0.75%. NMH Holdings paid all of the interest on the NMH Holdings notes entirely
by increasing the principal amount of the NMH Holdings notes or issuing new notes (PIK Interest).
The carrying value of the asset increased after it was purchased as a result of the Company
recording (i) PIK Interest income and (ii) accretion of the purchase discount on the security. The
Companys investment in related-party debt securities was reflected on the Companys consolidated
balance sheets at fair value with the unrealized holding gain recorded in accumulated other
comprehensive (loss) income.
In connection with the refinancing transactions on February 9, 2011, NMH Holdings repurchased
the NMH Holdings notes (which the Company purchased at a discount) from the Company at a premium.
As a result, the Company recorded a gain of $3.0 million which
was recorded on the consolidated statements of
operations as Gain from available for sale investment security.
14. Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures and reports its financial assets and liabilities on the basis of fair
value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
A three-level hierarchy for disclosure has been established to show the extent and level of
judgment used to estimate fair value measurements, as follows:
Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs (quoted prices in active markets for similar
assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets
that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or
liability).
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. These values are
generally determined using pricing models which utilize management estimates of market
participant assumptions.
Valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs may include
methodologies such as the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach, and may use
unobservable inputs such as projections, estimates and managements interpretation of current
market data. These unobservable inputs are only utilized to the extent that observable inputs are
not available or cost-effective to obtain.
A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value as
well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set
forth below.
F-25
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value at September 30, 2011 consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted |
|
|
Significant Other |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market Prices |
|
|
Observable Inputs |
|
|
Unobservable Inputs |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Total |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
Interest rate swap agreements |
|
$ |
(6,744 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(6,744 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value at September 30, 2010 consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted |
|
|
Significant Other |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market Prices |
|
|
Observable Inputs |
|
|
Unobservable Inputs |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Total |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
Cash equivalents |
|
$ |
15,500 |
|
|
$ |
15,500 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Investment in related party debt securities |
|
$ |
10,599 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
10,599 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Contingent consideration |
|
$ |
(3,041 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(3,041 |
) |
Cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds and the carrying
value of cash equivalents approximates fair value.
Investment in related party debt securities. The fair value of the investment in related party
debt securities was recorded in long-term assets (under Investment in related party debt
securities). The fair value measurements consider observable market data that may include, among
other data, credit ratings, credit spreads, future interest rates and risk free rates of return.
Contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration associated with the
fiscal 2010 acquisitions was determined based on unobservable inputs, namely managements
estimate of expected performance based on current information.
Interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of the swap agreements was recorded in current
liabilities (under Other accrued liabilities). The fair value of these agreements was determined
based on pricing models and independent formulas using current assumptions that included swap
terms, interest rates and forward LIBOR curves and the Companys
credit risk.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the
liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to Seller |
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 |
|
$ |
(3,041 |
) |
Increase related to new acquisitions |
|
|
(800 |
) |
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
479 |
|
Payment of contingent consideration |
|
|
3,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
At September 30, 2011,
the carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable
and variable rate debt approximated fair value. The carrying value and fair value of the Companys fixed rate debt instruments are
set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2011 |
|
|
September 30, 2010 |
|
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Fair |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Amount |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Value |
|
Senior subordinated notes (retired February 9, 2011)
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
180,000 |
|
|
$ |
184,050 |
|
Senior notes (issued February 9, 2011)
|
|
$ |
239,773 |
|
|
$ |
228,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company estimated the fair value of the debt instruments using market quotes and
calculations based on current market rates available.
F-26
15. Leases
Operating leases
The Company leases office and client residential facilities, vehicles and certain office
equipment in several locations under operating lease arrangements, which expire at various dates
through 2026. In addition to base rents presented below, the majority of the leases require
payments for additional expenses such as taxes, maintenance and utilities. Certain of the leases
contain renewal options at the Companys option and some have escalation clauses which are
recognized as rent expense on a straight line basis. Total rent expense for fiscal 2011, 2010 and
2009 was $48.0 million, $44.3 million and $39.9 million, respectively.
In fiscal 1995, the Company entered into an initial five year operating lease agreement for
its corporate office with a total expected minimum lease commitment of $2.4 million. The lease has
been extended and amended through eleven amendments, and as of September 30, 2011, the Company had
total expected minimum lease commitments of approximately $9.2 million over the lease term. The
lease expires in 2017 and the Company has the option to extend the lease term. Total rent expense
related to this lease was $1.5 million, $1.4 million and
$1.4 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and
2009, respectively.
Future
minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases for the
fiscal years ending
September 30, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 |
|
$ |
38,811 |
|
2013 |
|
|
29,986 |
|
2014 |
|
|
24,096 |
|
2015 |
|
|
18,437 |
|
2016 |
|
|
12,220 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
21,454 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
145,004 |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital leases
The Company leases certain facilities and vehicles under various non-cancellable capital
leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2025. Assets acquired under capital leases with
an original cost of $7.1 million and $2.0 million and related accumulated amortization of $0.7
million and $0.5 million are included in property and equipment, net for fiscal 2011 and 2010,
respectively. Amortization expense for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $0.4 million, $0.2 million,
and $0.3 million, respectively.
The following is a schedule of the future minimum lease payments under the capital leases
at September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 |
|
$ |
312 |
|
2013 |
|
|
331 |
|
2014 |
|
|
351 |
|
2015 |
|
|
374 |
|
2016 |
|
|
398 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
5,008 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
6,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense on capital leases during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $0.6 million, $0.2
million, and $0.1 million, respectively.
16. Accruals for Self-Insurance and Other Commitments and Contingencies
The Company maintains insurance for professional and general liability, workers compensation
liability, automobile liability and health insurance liabilities that include self-insured
retentions. The Company intends to maintain such coverage in the future and is of the opinion that
its insurance coverage is adequate to cover potential losses on asserted claims. Employment
practices liability is fully self-insured.
F-27
From October 1, 2010 through September 30, 2011, the Company was self-insured for $2.0 million
per claim and $8.0 million in the aggregate, and for $500 thousand per claim in excess of the
aggregate. In connection with the Merger on June 29, 2006, subject to the $1.0 million per claim
and up to $2.0 million in the aggregate retentions, the Company purchased additional insurance for
certain claims relating to pre-Merger periods. For workers compensation, the Company has a $350
thousand per claim retention with statutory limits. Automobile liability has a $100 thousand per
claim retention, with additional insurance coverage above the retention. The Company purchases
specific stop loss insurance as protection against extraordinary claims liability for health
insurance claims. Stop loss insurance covers claims that exceed $300 thousand on a per member
basis.
The Company is in the health and human services business and, therefore, has been and
continues to be subject to substantial claims alleging that the Company, its employees or its
independently contracted host-home caregivers (Mentors) failed to provide proper care for a
client. The Company is also subject to claims by its clients, its employees, its Mentors or
community members against the Company for negligence, intentional misconduct or violation of
applicable laws. Included in the Companys recent claims are claims alleging personal injury,
assault, battery, abuse, wrongful death and other charges. Regulatory agencies may initiate
administrative proceedings alleging that the Companys programs, employees or agents violate
statutes and regulations and seek to impose monetary penalties on the Company. The Company could be
required to incur significant costs to respond to regulatory investigations or defend against civil
lawsuits and, if the Company does not prevail, the Company could be required to pay substantial
amounts of money in damages, settlement amounts or penalties arising from these legal proceedings.
The Company reserves for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount
is reasonably estimable. While the Company believes the provision for legal contingencies is
adequate, the outcome of the legal proceedings is difficult to predict and the Company may settle
legal claims or be subject to judgments for amounts that differ from the Companys estimates.
17. Income Taxes
The benefit for income taxes consists of the following at September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
439 |
|
|
$ |
8,310 |
|
|
$ |
2,265 |
|
State |
|
|
1,349 |
|
|
|
2,726 |
|
|
|
1,524 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current taxes payable |
|
|
1,788 |
|
|
|
11,036 |
|
|
|
3,789 |
|
Net deferred tax benefit |
|
|
(16,215 |
) |
|
|
(11,241 |
) |
|
|
(4,905 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit |
|
|
(14,427 |
) |
|
$ |
(205 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,116 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company paid income taxes during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 of $1.6 million, $1.5
million, and $0.8 million, respectively.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amount of the assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used
for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Companys deferred tax assets and
liabilities at September 30 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Gross deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation |
|
$ |
846 |
|
|
$ |
847 |
|
Interest rate swap agreements |
|
|
2,726 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued workers compensation |
|
|
11,481 |
|
|
|
9,744 |
|
Net operating loss carryforwards |
|
|
11,384 |
|
|
|
5,425 |
|
Allowance for bad debts |
|
|
2,650 |
|
|
|
2,246 |
|
Other |
|
|
3,122 |
|
|
|
2,608 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,209 |
|
|
|
20,870 |
|
Valuation allowance |
|
|
(6,397 |
) |
|
|
(5,356 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
25,812 |
|
|
|
15,514 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
(13,985 |
) |
|
|
(13,212 |
) |
Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets |
|
|
(101,259 |
) |
|
|
(112,950 |
) |
Other accrued liabilities |
|
|
(678 |
) |
|
|
(2,103 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities |
|
$ |
(90,110 |
) |
|
$ |
(112,751 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
The Company is required to record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets if,
based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realized. After consideration of all the evidence, both positive
and negative, management determined that a valuation allowance at September 30, 2011 and 2010 of
$6.4 million and $5.4 million, respectively, was necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets to the
amount that will more likely than not be realized. The valuation allowance primarily related to
certain state net operating loss carryforwards.
For
federal purposes, the Company had $13.5 million of net operating loss carryforwards for
fiscal 2011. For state purposes, the Company had $136.3 million of net operating loss carryforwards
for fiscal 2011, which expire from 2012 through 2031 and $107.2 million of net operating loss
carryforwards for fiscal 2010, which expire from 2011 through 2030.
The following is a reconciliation between the statutory and effective income tax rates at
September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Federal income tax at statutory rate |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit |
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
(20.8 |
) |
|
|
(16.0 |
) |
Nondeductible comp |
|
|
(3.2 |
) |
|
|
(49.9 |
) |
|
|
(25.7 |
) |
Other nondeductible expenses |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
(9.6 |
) |
|
|
(4.7 |
) |
Credits |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
100.5 |
|
|
|
37.9 |
|
Unrecognized tax benefit |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Other |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(43.0 |
) |
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate |
|
|
33.1 |
% |
|
|
12.8 |
% |
|
|
30.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more
likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities,
based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial
statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater
than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
As of September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, there was $4.9 million in total unrecognized
tax benefits, which if recognized, would favorably impact the Companys effective tax rate. The
Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of
income tax expense which is consistent with the recognition of these items in prior reporting
periods. As of September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the Company had accrued a total of $2.3
million and $1.8 million in interest and penalties, respectively, recorded under other accrued
liabilities.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 |
|
$ |
4,965 |
|
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitation |
|
|
(47 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 |
|
$ |
4,918 |
|
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitation |
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
4,857 |
|
The Company does not expect any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits within the
next twelve months.
The
Company files a federal consolidated return with NMH Holdings, Inc. and files various state income tax returns
and, generally, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the taxing
authorities for years prior to September 30, 2003. The Company believes that it has appropriate
support for the income tax positions taken and to be taken on the Companys income tax returns. In
addition, the Company believes its accruals for income tax liabilities are adequate for all open
years based on an assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of the
tax laws as applied to the facts of each matter.
F-29
18. Segment Information
The Company has two reportable segments, Human Services and Post-Acute Specialty
Rehabilitation Services (SRS).
The Human Services segment delivers home and community-based human services to adults and
children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities and to youth with emotional,
behavioral and/or medically complex challenges. Human Services is organized in a reporting
structure composed of two operating segments which are aggregated into one reportable segment based
on similarity of the economic characteristics and services provided.
The SRS segment delivers health care and community-based health and human services to
individuals who have suffered acquired brain, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and
illnesses. This segment is organized in a reporting structure composed of two operating segments
which are aggregated based on similarity of economic characteristics and services provided.
Activities classified as Corporate in the table below relate primarily to unallocated home
office items.
The Company generally evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on income from
operations. The following is a financial summary by reportable operating segment for the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Acute |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specialty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Human |
|
|
Rehabilitation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended September 30, |
|
Services |
|
|
Services |
|
|
Corporate |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
895,134 |
|
|
$ |
175,476 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,070,610 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
77,885 |
|
|
|
18,434 |
|
|
|
(61,158 |
) |
|
|
35,161 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
781,645 |
|
|
|
168,780 |
|
|
|
60,425 |
|
|
|
1,010,850 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
44,641 |
|
|
|
13,374 |
|
|
|
3,886 |
|
|
|
61,901 |
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
12,495 |
|
|
|
6,909 |
|
|
|
1,474 |
|
|
|
20,878 |
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
|
|
17,949 |
|
|
|
7,012 |
|
|
|
(68,502 |
) |
|
|
(43,541 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
874,528 |
|
|
$ |
136,941 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,011,469 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
80,801 |
|
|
|
15,356 |
|
|
|
(51,488 |
) |
|
|
44,669 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
807,031 |
|
|
|
155,115 |
|
|
|
53,739 |
|
|
|
1,015,885 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
42,318 |
|
|
|
9,366 |
|
|
|
4,729 |
|
|
|
56,413 |
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
11,886 |
|
|
|
7,007 |
|
|
|
1,980 |
|
|
|
20,873 |
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
|
|
38,876 |
|
|
|
9,378 |
|
|
|
(49,862 |
) |
|
|
(1,608 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
861,030 |
|
|
$ |
96,495 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
957,525 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
74,828 |
|
|
|
12,805 |
|
|
|
(42,812 |
) |
|
|
44,821 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
44,667 |
|
|
|
6,627 |
|
|
|
4,304 |
|
|
|
55,598 |
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
12,966 |
|
|
|
8,505 |
|
|
|
5,927 |
|
|
|
27,398 |
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
|
|
29,530 |
|
|
|
8,524 |
|
|
|
(41,741 |
) |
|
|
(3,687 |
) |
Revenue from contracts with state and local governmental payors in the state of Minnesota,
the Companys largest state, which is included in the Human Services segment, accounted for 15%, 16% and 16%
of the Companys net revenue for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
19. Stock-Based Compensation
Under its equity-based compensation plan adopted in 2006, NMH Investment previously issued
units of limited liability company interests consisting of Class B Units, Class C Units, Class D
Units and Class E Units to the Companys employees and members of the Board of Directors as
incentive compensation. As of September 30, 2011, there were 192,500 Class B Units, 202,000 Class C
Units, 388,881 Class D Units and 6,375 Class E Units authorized for issuance under the plan. These
units derive their value from the value of the Company.
On June 15, 2011, NMH Investment issued the Class F Units, a new class of non-voting common
equity units of NMH Investment, as incentive compensation. Up to 5,396,388 Class F Common Units may
be issued under the 2006 Unit Plan to management of the
Company as equity-based compensation. In addition, the terms of the Class B, C and D Common
Units were amended to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding unvested Class B, C and D Common
Units so that they became 100% vested.
F-30
For participants who have been continuously employed by the Company since December 31, 2008,
75% of the Class F Common Units vested upon grant and 25% of the Class F Common Units will vest on
the date that is 18 months following the date of grant if the participant continues to be employed
by the Company on that date. For participants who have not been continuously employed by the
Company since December 31, 2008, 50% of the Class F Common Units vested upon grant, 25% of the
Class F Common Units vest on the date that is 18 months following the date of grant and 25% of the
Class F Common Units vest on the date that is 36 months following the date of grant, in each case,
if the participant continues to be employed by the Company on that date. Class F Common Units that
are awarded after the initial issuances approved on May 10, 2011 will vest in three equal tranches
on each of the first three anniversaries of the date on which such Class F Common Units are
awarded.
For purposes of determining the compensation expense associated with these grants, management
valued the business enterprise using a variety of widely accepted valuation techniques which
considered a number of factors such as the financial performance of the Company, the values of
comparable companies and the lack of marketability of the Companys equity. The Company then used
the option pricing method to determine the fair value of the units granted.
The
fair value of the units issued during fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was calculated using the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY2011 |
|
|
FY2010 |
|
|
FY2009 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
|
1.27 |
% |
Expected term |
|
3 years |
|
|
1.7 years |
|
|
3.5 years |
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
50.0 |
% |
|
|
55.0 |
% |
|
|
40.0 |
% |
The estimated fair value of the units, less an assumed forfeiture rate of 9.7%, was recognized
as expense in the Companys consolidated financial statements on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service periods of the awards. The assumed forfeiture rate is based on an average of the
Companys historical forfeiture rates, which the Company estimates is indicative of future
forfeitures.
The Company recorded $3.7 million, $0.7 million and $1.3 million of stock-based compensation
expense for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is included
in General and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The summary of
activity under the plan is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
|
Units |
|
|
Grant-Date |
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested balance at September 30, 2010 |
|
|
103,065 |
|
|
$ |
3.87 |
|
Granted |
|
|
4,279,546 |
|
|
|
1.02 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(14,983 |
) |
|
|
7.50 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(3,435,620 |
) |
|
|
1.09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested balance at September 30, 2011 |
|
|
932,008 |
|
|
$ |
1.02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30 2011, there was $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation expense
related to the units. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
1.6 years.
F-31
20. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
The following table summarizes information about the allowances for doubtful accounts and
sales allowances for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
Beginning |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
of Period |
|
|
Provision |
|
|
Write-Offs |
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Year Ended September 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
7,225 |
|
|
$ |
11,670 |
|
|
$ |
(10,938 |
) |
|
$ |
7,957 |
|
Year Ended September 30, 2010 |
|
|
5,896 |
|
|
|
12,458 |
|
|
|
(11,129 |
) |
|
|
7,225 |
|
Year Ended September 30, 2009 |
|
|
5,057 |
|
|
|
11,712 |
|
|
|
(10,873 |
) |
|
|
5,896 |
|
21. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
The following table presents consolidated statement of operations data for each of the eight
quarters in the period which began October 1, 2009 and ended September 30, 2011. This information
is derived from the Companys unaudited financial statements, which in the opinion of management
contain all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such financial data. Operating results
for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For The Quarters Ended (1) |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2011 |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
247,454 |
|
|
$ |
248,559 |
|
|
$ |
257,008 |
|
|
$ |
258,448 |
|
|
$ |
264,474 |
|
|
$ |
264,969 |
|
|
$ |
269,701 |
|
|
$ |
271,466 |
|
(Loss) income from
continuing
operations, net of
tax |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(363 |
) |
|
|
664 |
|
|
|
(1,693 |
) |
|
|
1,722 |
|
|
|
(12,214 |
) |
|
|
(8,265 |
) |
|
|
(10,357 |
) |
(Loss) income from
discontinued
operations, net of
tax |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(4,293 |
) |
|
|
(1,363 |
) |
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
(843 |
) |
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
(4,161 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(40 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,656 |
) |
|
$ |
(699 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,472 |
) |
|
$ |
1,766 |
|
|
$ |
(13,057 |
) |
|
$ |
(8,333 |
) |
|
$ |
(14,518 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company sold its home health business, closed certain business
operations in the state of Maryland and closed its business operations
in the states of Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire and New York. All
fiscal years presented reflect the classification of these businesses
as discontinued operations. |
22. Subsequent Events
Subsequent
to year end, the Company acquired three companies complementary to its business.
Aggregate consideration for these acquisitions was $3.2 million.
F-32